Перевод: со всех языков на английский

from+then+till+now

101 נָשָׂא

נָשָׂא(b. h.; cmp. נָסָה) 1) to lift up, carry. Sot.35a נ׳ ארין את נוֹשְׂאָיו the Ark carried its carriers. Ab.ch.VI נוֹשֵׂא בעולוכ׳ helps his brother to bear his yoke. Ber.III, 1 נוֹשְׂאֵי המטה, v. מִטָּה. Meg.9a (one of the changes in translating the Bible into Greek) נוֹשֵׂא בני אדם a carrier of men (for חֲמֹר, Ex. 4:20); a. v. fr.Pesik. R. s. 6 אני מרומם ונושא את ראשם I will raise and elevate their head; v. infra.נ׳ כפים, v. בַּף.נ׳ פנים to lift up the face, to respect, favor, spare, be partial. Ḥag.14a (expl. נשוא פנים, Is. 3:3) זה שנוֹשְׂאִין פ׳ לדורו בעבורו he for whose sake his generation is favored in heaven. Sabb.13b שלא נ׳ פ׳ לתורה who spared him not for the sake of his scholarship. Yoma 87a שנָשְׂאוּ לו פ׳ בעה״ז that indulgence was shown him (by the Lord) in this world. Num. R. s. 11 לא אֶשָּׂא פ׳ מפניך shall I not favor thee for thy own sake? Ib. כשם שהם נוֹשְׂאִין ליוכ׳ as they (the Israelites) honor me (by saying grace even after a scanty meal), so do I favor them; a. fr.נ׳ נפש אל to lift up the soul to, to long for. Midr. Till. to Ps. 25:1 למה אתה נושא נפשך אלי why dost thou lift up thy soul to me (why dost thou depend on me)?; Yalk. ib. 701.נ׳ קרבן to offer up a sacrifice. Ib. 702 אדם חוטא ונושא ק׳ if a man sinned, he offered ; Midr. Till. l. c. נושא ומביא ק׳ (corr. acc.)Part. pass. נָשׂוּא, f. נְשׂוּאָה Ib. עכשו … הרי נפשנו נ׳ לך now that we have no sacrifloes, our soul is lifted up to thee. 2) to lift, remove. Pesik. R. l. c. (ref. to the double meaning of נ׳, to raise a. to remove) לכו שְׂאוּ את ראשו go and remove (or lift up) his head; a. fr.נ׳ עון to forgive. Y.Snh.X, beg., 27c (ref. to Ex. 34:7) נושא עוונות איןוכ׳ the text does not say, ‘removing iniquities, but ‘removing iniquity, the Lord takes away (from the scales) one bond of mans sins, and the merits prevail ; Y.Peah I, 16b bot. (corr. acc.); Yalk. Ex. 400; v. שְׁטַר. Pesik. R. s. 45; a. e. 3) to take, esp. נ׳ ונתן to take and give, to deal; to transact, argue. Sabb.31a נָשָׂאתָ ונתת באמונה hast thou (while on earth) been dealing honestly? B. Mets.48a הנושא ונותן בדברים he who concludes a bargain verbally. Tanḥ. Shmoth 18 כשם שנושאין ונותנין בהלכהוכ׳ as well as they debate on the law below, so do they above. Ib. שנושאין ונותנין בדיןוכ׳ they argue in court, and the Lord argues with them; a. fr. 4) נ׳ אשה, or נ׳ to take a wife into ones house, to marry. Keth.II, 1 בתולה נְשָׂאתַנִי thou hast married me as a virgin; אלמנה נְשָׂאתִיךְ I married thee as a widow. Yeb.37b לא יִשָּׂא אדםוכ׳ one may not marry in one country and go away M. Kat. I, 7 אין נושאין נשיםוכ׳ no marriages may take place during the festive week; a. v. fr.Part. pass. נָשׂוּי (followed by accus.) having married; f. נְשׂוּאָה (followed by ל) being married to; pl. נְשׂוּאִים, … אִין; נְשׂוּאוֹת. Yeb.III, 6 ואחד נ׳ נכרית one of them has married a stranger. Ib. ומתו הנ׳ את האחיות and those brothers who had married two sisters died. Ib. I, 2 (2b) היתה … נשואה לאחיו Y. ed. (Mish. ed. נשואת, corr. acc.; Bab. ed. נשואות) if his daughter or … was married to ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. VI, 5 נָשׂאוּי. Nif. נִישָּׂא 1) to be lifted up, removed Pesik. R. l. c. כבר … שיִנָּשְׂאוּ את ראשםוכ׳ it had been decreed that their head should be lifted (v. supra): turn its meaning and elevate their head. 2) f. נִישֵּׂאת, נִשֵּׂ׳, נִישֵּׂת, נִיסֵּת to be married. Keth.I, 1 בתולה נ׳וכ׳ a virgins marriage takes place on the fourth day of the week. Ib. V, 2 הגיע … ולא נִשְּׂאוּ if the time set for marriage expired and they were not taken in marriage. Yeb.II, 10 מותרות לִינָּשֵׂא להם they may marry them. Ib. 88b הרי זו לא תִנָּשֵׂא ואם ניסתוכ׳ she must not marry again, and if she does ; Keth.22b; a. v. fr. Hif. הִשִּׂיא 1) to lift up, to announce by signals (the New Moon). R. Hash. II, 2, a. e. מַשִּׂיאִין, v. מַשּׂוּאָה. Y. ib. II, 58a top אין משיאין לילי זמנו we do not raise signals in the night of the regular New Moon (from the 29th> to the 30th>) ; a. fr.Tosef. ib. II , 2 מַסִּיעִין את החדש ed. Zuck. (משיא׳ על, מסיא׳) we signalize the New Moon. 2) to transfer. Deut. R. s. 11 (ref. to ישא, Ps. 24:5) יַשִּׂיא ברכה לאחרים he will bring blessing upon others. 3) to move, remove, pass. Bets.III, 7 מַשִּׂיאָהּ על גבי חברתה he may pass one knife over the other (to whet it). Tosef.Par.X (IX), 3 הִשִּׂיאוֹ לדבר אחר he diverted his mind to wards another subject; Ab. Zar. II, 5. Y. ib. II, 41c bot. היה לו להַשִּׂיאוֹוכ׳, v. הֶשֵּׂיאָה. 4) to transfer, transcribe, translate. Tosef.Sot.VIII, 6 הִשִּׂיאוּ את הכתבוכ׳ they transcribed the inscription on the stones in seventy languages; Sot.35b; Y. ib. VII, 21d bot. 5) to give away in marriage; to cause to marry. Keth.111b כל המַשִּׂיא בתווכ׳ he who marries his daughter to a scholar. Ib. 67b top מַשִּׂיאִין את היתומהוכ׳ we must first help the fatherless maiden to marry, and then the fatherless lad. Kidd.29a האב חייב … ולהַשִּׂיאוֹ אשה a father is bound to …, and to provide a wife for him; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְנַשֵּׂא to be raised; to exalt ones self, to boast. Ab. Zar.44a, v. הָלַם. Ber.63b להִתְנַשֵּׂא, v. נָבַל; a. e.

Jewish literature > נָשָׂא

102 compter

compter [kɔ̃te]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

1. <

   a. ( = calculer) to count

• combien en avez-vous compté ? how many did you count?

• 40 cm ? j'avais compté 30 40cm? I made it 30

• on peut compter sur les doigts de la main ceux qui comprennent vraiment you can count on the fingers of one hand the people who really understand

• compter les points (figurative) to sit back and watch

• ses jours sont comptés he hasn't long to live

   b. ( = prévoir) to reckon

• j'ai compté qu'il nous en fallait 10 I reckoned we'd need 10

• je compte 150 grammes de pâtes par personne I allow 150 grammes of pasta per person

• il faut bien compter 10 jours you must allow at least 10 days

   c. ( = inclure) to include

• cela fait un mètre en comptant l'ourlet that makes one metre including the hem

• nous étions dix, sans compter le professeur there were ten of us, not counting the teacher

• la ville compte quelques très belles églises the town has some very beautiful churches

   d. ( = facturer) to charge for

• compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth

• ils n'ont pas compté le café they didn't charge for the coffee

   e. ( = prendre en considération) to take into account

• ta bonne volonté te sera comptée your helpfulness will be taken into account

• il aurait dû venir, sans compter qu'il n'avait rien à faire he ought to have come, especially as he had nothing to do

   f. ( = classer) to consider

• on compte ce livre parmi les meilleurs de l'année this book is considered among the best of the year

   g. ( = avoir l'intention de) to intend to ; ( = s'attendre à) to expect to

• ils comptent partir demain they intend to leave tomorrow

• j'y compte bien ! I should hope so!

2. <

   a. ( = calculer) to count

• il sait compter jusqu'à 10 he can count up to 10

• compter de tête to count in one's head

• tu as mal compté you counted wrong

   b. ( = être économe) to economize

• dépenser sans compter ( = être dépensier) to spend extravagantly ; ( = donner généreusement) to give without counting the cost

   c. ( = avoir de l'importance) to count

• c'est le résultat qui compte it's the result that counts

• sa mère compte beaucoup pour lui his mother is very important to him

   d. ( = valoir) to count

• compter double to count double

   e. ( = figurer) compter parmi to rank among

• compter au nombre de to be one of

• ça a compté pour beaucoup dans sa décision that was an important factor in his decision

   f. (locutions)

► à compter de as from

• cette loi prendra effet à compter du 30 septembre this law will take effect as from 30 September► compter avec ( = tenir compte de) to take account of

• il faut compter avec l'opinion you've got to take account of public opinion

• un nouveau parti avec lequel il faut compter a new party that has to be taken into account► compter sans

• on avait compté sans la grève we hadn't reckoned on there being a strike► compter sur

• compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers

• nous comptons sur vous pour demain we're expecting you tomorrow

• ne comptez pas sur moi (pour agir) don't count on me ; (pour participer) you can count me out

• ne comptez pas trop là-dessus don't count on it

* * *
kɔ̃te
1.

verbe transitif

1) ( dénombrer) to count

on compte deux millions de chômeurs — there is a total of two million unemployed

on ne compte plus ses victoires — he/she has had countless victories

je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois — I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received

il a toujours compté ses sous — he has always watched the pennies

sans compter — [donner, dépenser] freely

2) ( évaluer)

compter une bouteille pour trois — to allow a bottle between three people

il faut compter environ 100 euros — you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros

je préfère compter large — I prefer to be on the safe side

3) ( faire payer)

compter quelque chose à quelqu'un — to charge somebody for something

il m'a compté 30 euros de déplacement — he charged a 30 euro call-out fee

4) ( inclure) to count

je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants — I've counted you as one of ou among the participants

sans compter les primes — not counting bonuses

sans compter les soucis — not to mention the worry

notre club compte des gens célèbres — our club has some well-known people among its members

5) ( projeter)

compter faire — to intend to do

je compte m'acheter un ordinateur — I'm hoping to buy myself a computer

6) ( s'attendre à)

il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent — he expected me to lend him some money

‘je vais t'aider’ - ‘j'y compte bien’ — ‘I'll help you’ - ‘I should hope so too’

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( dire les nombres) to count

il ne sait pas compter — he can't count

2) ( calculer) to count, to add up

il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien — he's very good at counting

3) ( avoir de l'importance) to matter ( pour quelqu'un to somebody)

ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés — what matters is that they have made it up

c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte — it's the thought that counts

ça compte beaucoup pour moi — it means a lot to me

le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière — pay is an important factor in the choice of a career

4) ( avoir une valeur) to count

compter double/triple — to count double/triple

5) ( figurer)

compter au nombre de, compter parmi — to be counted among

6)

compter avec — ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

il doit compter avec les syndicats — he has to reckon with the unions

il faut compter avec l'opinion publique — one must take public opinion into account

7)

compter sans — ( négliger) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]

c'était compter sans le brouillard — that was without allowing for the fog

8)

compter sur — ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]

vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper — you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it

ne compte pas sur moi — (pour venir, participer) count me out

je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là- dessus (colloq) or sur moi! — I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!

quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi! — (colloq) hum trust you to do something silly!

3.

se compter verbe pronominal

leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines — they have had dozens of victories

les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus — there have been countless bankruptcies in the area

4.

à compter de locution prépositive as from

pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente — for 12 months with effect from the date of sale

5.

sans compter que locution conjonctive ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as

* * *
kɔ̃te
1. vt

1) (établir le nombre de) to count

2) (= inclure, dans une liste) to include

sans compter qn — not counting sb

sans compter qch — not counting sth, not including sth

On sera dix-huit, sans compter les enfants. — There'll be eighteen of us, not counting the children.

sans compter que — besides which

3) (= facturer) to charge for

Il n'a pas compté le deuxième café. — He didn't charge us for the second coffee.

4) (= avoir à son actif, comporter) to have

L'institut compte trois prix Nobel. — The institute has three Nobel prizewinners.

5) (prévoir: une certaine quantité, un certain temps) to allow, to reckon on

Il faut compter environ deux heures. — You have to allow about two hours., You have to reckon on about two hours.

6) (= avoir l'intention de)

compter faire qch — to intend to do sth

Je compte bien réussir. — I fully intend to succeed.

Je compte partir début mai. — I intend to leave at the beginning of May.

2. vi

1) (calculer) to count

Il savait compter à l'âge de trois ans. — He could count when he was three years old.

à compter du 10 janvier COMMERCE — from 10 January, as from 10 January

2) (= être non négligeable) to count, to matter

L'honnêteté, ça compte quand même. — Honesty counts after all.

3) (qu'on peut prendre en compte) to count

Ça ne compte pas - il s'est fait aider. — That doesn't count - he had help.

compter pour — to count for

4) (= figurer)

compter parmi — to be among, to rank among

5) (inclure dans ses prévisions)

compter avec qch/qn — to reckon with sth/sb

compter sans qch/qn — to reckon without sth/sb

6)

compter sur [personne] — to count on, to rely on, [aide] to count on

7) (= être économe) to watch every penny, to count the pennies

Pendant longtemps, il a fallu compter. — For a long time we had to watch every penny.

* * *

compter verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( dénombrer) to count; compter les jours to count the days; ‘j'ai compté cinq coups à l'horloge’-‘j'en ai compté six’ ‘I counted five strokes of the clock’-‘I counted six’; ‘combien y a-t-il de bouteilles?’-‘j'en compte 24’ ‘how many bottles are there?’-‘I make it 24’; on compte deux millions de chômeurs/3 000 cas de malaria there is a total of two million unemployed/3,000 cases of malaria; une heure après le début de l'attaque on comptait déjà 40 morts an hour after the attack started 40 deaths had already been recorded; on ne compte plus ses victoires he/she has had countless victories; je ne compte plus les lettres anonymes que je reçois I've lost count of the anonymous letters I have received; j'ai compté qu'il y avait 52 fenêtres/500 euros I counted a total of 52 windows/500 euros; as-tu compté combien il reste d'œufs? have you counted how many eggs are left?;

2 ( évaluer) compter une bouteille pour trois to allow a bottle between three people; pour aller à Caen il faut compter cinq heures you must allow five hours to get to Caen; il faut compter environ 100 euros you should reckon on GB ou count on paying about 100 euros; compter large/très large/trop large to allow plenty/more than enough/far too much; j'ai pris une tarte pour huit, je préfère compter large I got a tart for eight, I prefer to be on the safe side;

3 ( faire payer) compter qch à qn to charge sb for sth; il m'a compté la livre à 1,71 euro he charged me 1.71 euros to the pound; il m'a compté 50 euros de déplacement he charged a 50 euro call-out fee;

4 ( inclure) to count; je vous ai compté dans le nombre des participants I've counted you as one of ou among the participants; nous t'avons déjà compté pour le repas de la semaine prochaine we've already counted you (in) for the meal next week; as-tu compté la TVA? have you counted the VAT?; 2 000 euros par mois sans compter les primes 2,000 euros a month not counting bonuses; sans compter les soucis not to mention the worry; j'ai oublié de compter le col et la ceinture quand j'ai acheté le tissu I forgot to allow for the collar and the waistband when I bought the fabric; je le comptais au nombre de mes amis I counted him among my friends ou as a friend; s'il fallait compter le temps que j'y passe if I had to work out how much time I'm spending on it;

5 ( avoir) to have [habitants, chômeurs, alliés]; to have [sth] to one's credit [victoire, succès]; notre club compte des gens célèbres our club has some well-known people among its members; un sportif qui compte de nombreuses victoires à son actif a sportsman who has many victories to his credit; il compte 15 ans de présence dans l'entreprise he has been with the company for 15 years;

6 ( projeter) compter faire to intend to do; ‘comptez-vous y aller?’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘do you intend to go?’-‘yes, I certainly do’; je compte m'acheter un ordinateur I'm hoping to buy myself a computer;

7 ( s'attendre à) il comptait que je lui prête de l'argent he expected me to lend him some money; ‘je vais t'aider’-‘j'y compte bien’ ‘I'll help you’-‘I should hope so too’;

8 ( donner avec parcimonie) il a toujours compté ses sous he has always watched the pennies; compter jusqu'au moindre centime to count every penny; sans compter [donner, dépenser] freely; se dépenser sans compter pour (la réussite de) qch to put everything one's got into sth.

B vi

1 ( dire les nombres) to count; compter jusqu'à 20 to count up to 20; il ne sait pas compter he can't count; il a trois ans mais il compte déjà bien he's three but he's already good at counting; compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers;

2 ( calculer) to count, to add up; il sait très bien compter, il compte très bien he's very good at counting; cela fait 59 non pas 62, tu ne sais pas compter! that makes 59 not 62, you can't count!; compter sur ses doigts to work sums out on one's fingers;

3 ( avoir de l'importance) [avis, diplôme, apparence] to matter (pour qn to sb); ce qui compte c'est qu'ils se sont réconciliés what matters is that they have made it up; c'est l'intention or le geste qui compte it's the thought that counts; 40 ans dans la même entreprise ça compte/ça commence à compter 40 years in the same company, that's quite something/it's beginning to add up; ça compte beaucoup pour moi it means a lot to me; je ne compte pas plus pour elle que son chien I mean no more to her than her dog; compter dans to be a factor in [réussite, échec]; le salaire compte beaucoup dans le choix d'une carrière pay is an important factor in the choice of a career; cela a beaucoup compté dans leur faillite it was a major factor in their bankruptcy; ça fait longtemps que je ne compte plus dans ta vie it's been a long time since I have meant anything to you; il connaît tout ce qui compte dans le milieu du cinéma he knows everybody who is anybody in film circles;

4 ( avoir une valeur) [épreuve, faute] to count; compter double/triple to count double/triple; compter double/triple par rapport à to count for twice/three times as much as; ça ne compte pas, il a triché it doesn't count, he cheated; le dernier exercice ne compte pas dans le calcul de la note the last exercise isn't counted in the calculation of the grade; la lettre ‘y’ compte pour combien? how much is the letter ‘y’ worth?; la lettre ‘z’ compte pour combien de points? how many points is the letter ‘z’ worth?; une faute de grammaire compte pour quatre points four marks are deducted for a grammatical error;

5 ( figurer) compter au nombre de, compter parmi to be counted among;

6 compter avec ( faire face) to reckon with [difficultés, concurrence, belle-mère]; ( ne pas oublier) to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; ( prévoir) to allow for [retard, supplément]; il doit compter avec les syndicats he has to reckon with the unions; il faut compter avec l'opinion publique one must take public opinion into account; il faut compter avec le brouillard dans cette région you should allow for fog in that area;

7 compter sans ( négliger) to reckon without [risque, gêne]; ( oublier) not to take [sb/sth] into account [personne, chose]; c'était compter sans le brouillard that was without allowing for the fog; j'avais compté sans la TVA I hadn't taken the VAT into account;

8 compter sur ( attendre) to count on [personne, aide]; (dépendre, faire confiance) to rely on [personne, ressource]; ( prévoir) to reckon on [somme, revenu]; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je viendrai you can count on me, I'll be there; tu peux compter sur ma présence you can count on me ou on my being there; vous pouvez compter sur moi, je vais m'en occuper you can rely ou count on me, I'll see to it; ne compte pas sur moi (pour venir, participer) count me out; ne compte pas sur moi pour payer tes dettes/faire la cuisine don't rely on me to pay your debts/do the cooking; ne compte pas sur eux pour le faire don't count on them to do it; le pays peut compter sur des stocks de vivres en provenance de… the country can count on stocks of food supplies coming from…; le pays peut compter sur ses réserves de blé the country can rely on its stock of wheat; je ne peux compter que sur moi-même I can only rely on myself; je leur ferai la commission, compte sur moi I'll give them the message, you can count on me; je vais leur dire ce que j'en pense, tu peux compter là-dessus○ or sur moi! I'll tell them what I think, you can be sure of that!; quand il s'agit de faire des bêtises, on peut compter sur toi○! iron trust you to do something silly!; compter sur la discrétion de qn to rely on sb's discretion; je compte dessus I'm counting ou relying on it.

C se compter vpr leurs victoires se comptent par douzaines they have had dozens of victories; les défections se comptent par milliers there have been thousands of defections; leurs chansons à succès ne se comptent plus they've had countless hits; les faillites dans la région ne se comptent plus there have been countless bankruptcies in the area.

D à compter de loc prép as from; réparations gratuites pendant 12 mois à compter de la date de vente free repairs for 12 months with effect from the date of sale.

E sans compter que loc conj ( en outre) and what is more; ( d'autant plus que) especially as; c'est dangereux sans compter que ça pollue it's dangerous and what's more it causes pollution.

Idiome

compte là-dessus et bois de l'eau fraîche○ that'll be the day.

[kɔ̃te] verbe transitif

1. [dénombrer - objets, argent, personnes] to count

on ne compte plus ses bévues we've lost count of his mistakes

on ne compte plus ses crimes she has committed countless ou innumerable crimes

j'ai compté qu'il restait 200 euros dans la caisse according to my reckoning there are 200 euros left in the till

compter les heures/jours [d'impatience] to be counting the hours/days

il m'a compté absent/présent (familier) he marked me (down as) absent/present

compter les points (sens propre & figuré) to keep score

on peut les compter sur les doigts de la main you can count them of the fingers of one hand

on peut lui compter les côtes he's as thin as a rake

2. [limiter] to count (out)

le temps lui est compté

a. [il va mourir] his days are numbered

b. [pour accomplir quelque chose] he's running out of time

ses jours sont comptés his days are numbered

il ne comptait pas sa peine/ses efforts he spared no pains/effort

tu es toujours à compter tes sous! you're always counting your pennies!

3. [faire payer] to charge for

nous ne vous compterons pas la pièce détachée we won't charge you ou there'll be no charge for the spare part

le serveur nous a compté deux euros de trop the waiter has overcharged us by two euros, the waiter has charged us 15 francs too much

4. [payer, verser] to pay

il m'a compté deux jours à 90 euros he paid me (for) two days at 90 euros

5. [inclure] to count (in), to include

dans le total nous n'avons pas compté le vin wine has not been included in the overall figure

6. [classer - dans une catégorie]

compter quelque chose/quelqu'un parmi to count something/somebody among, to number something/somebody among

7. [prendre en considération] to take into account, to take account of

et je ne compte pas la fatigue! and that's without mentioning the effort!

compter quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: nous devons compter sa contribution pour quelque chose we must take some account of her contribution

8. [avoir - membres, habitants] to have

nous sommes heureux de vous compter parmi nous ce soir we're happy to have ou to welcome you among us tonight

il compte beaucoup d'artistes au nombre de ou parmi ses amis he numbers many artists among his friends

elle compte déjà cinq victoires dans des grands tournois she's already won five big tournaments

9. [s'attendre à] to expect

je compte recevoir les résultats cette semaine I'm expecting the results this week

10. [avoir l'intention de] to intend

compter faire quelque chose to intend to do something, to mean to do something, to plan to do something

11. [prévoir] to allow

il faut compter entre 14 et 20 euros pour un repas you have to allow between 14 and 20 euros for a meal

je compte qu'il y a un bon quart d'heure de marche/une journée de travail I reckon there's a good quarter of an hour's walk/there's a day's work

(en usage absolu)

compter juste to skimp

compter large to be generous

il faudra deux heures pour y aller, en comptant large it will take two hours to get there, at the most

12. SPORT [boxeur] to count out (separable)

————————

[kɔ̃te] verbe intransitif

1. [calculer] to count, to add up

compter jusqu'à 10 to count (up) to 10

compter sur ses doigts to count on one's fingers

compter avec une calculette to add up with a calculator

si je compte bien, tu me dois 345 francs if I've counted right ou according to my calculations, you owe me 345 francs

tu as dû mal compter you must have got your calculations wrong, you must have miscalculated

2. [limiter ses dépenses] to be careful (with money)

3. [importer] to count, to matter

ce qui compte, c'est ta santé/le résultat the important thing is your health/the end result

40 ans d'ancienneté, ça compte! 40 years' service counts for something!

une des personnes qui ont le plus compté dans ma vie one of the most important people in my life

tu comptes beaucoup pour moi you mean a lot to me

je prendrai ma décision seule! — alors moi, je ne compte pas? I'll make my own decision! — so I don't count ou matter, then?

tu as triché, ça ne compte pas you cheated, it doesn't count

à l'examen, la philosophie ne compte presque pas philosophy is a very minor subject in the exam

compter double/triple to count double/triple

compter pour quelque chose/rien to count for something/nothing

quand il est invité à dîner, il compte pour trois! when he's invited to dinner he eats enough for three!

compter pour du beurre (familier) to count for nothing

4. [figurer]

compter parmi to rank with, to be numbered among

elle compte parmi les plus grands pianistes de sa génération she is one of the greatest pianists of her generation

————————

compter avec verbe plus préposition

to reckon with

désormais, il faudra compter avec l'opposition from now on, the opposition will have to be reckoned with

————————

compter sans verbe plus préposition

to fail to take into account, to fail to allow for

il avait compté sans la rapidité de Jones he had failed to take Jones' speed into account

————————

compter sur verbe plus préposition

[faire confiance à] to count ou to rely ou to depend on (inseparable)

[espérer - venue, collaboration, événement] to count on (inseparable)

c'est quelqu'un sur qui tu peux compter he's/she's a reliable person

ne compte pas trop sur la chance don't count ou rely too much on luck

je vous le rendrai — j'y compte bien! I'll give it back to you — I should hope so!

je peux sortir demain soir? — n'y compte pas! can I go out tomorrow night? — don't count ou bank on it!

il ne faut pas trop y compter don't count on it, I wouldn't count on it

compter sur quelqu'un/quelque chose pour: compte sur lui pour aller tout répéter au patron! you can rely on him to go and tell the boss everything!

si c'est pour lui jouer un mauvais tour, ne comptez pas sur moi! if you want to play a dirty trick on him, you can count me out!

compte là-dessus (et bois de l'eau fraîche)! (familier & ironique) you must be joking!, dream on!

————————

se compter verbe pronominal

(emploi passif) to be counted

les détournements de fonds se comptent par dizaines there have been dozens of cases of embezzlement

ses succès ne se comptent plus her successes are innumerable ou are past counting

————————

se compter verbe pronominal (emploi réfléchi)

1. [s'estimer] to count ou to consider oneself

je ne me compte pas parmi les plus malheureux I count myself as one of the luckier ones

2. [s'inclure dans un calcul] to count ou to include oneself

————————

à compter de locution prépositionnelle

as from ou of

à compter du 7 mai as from ou of May 7th

à compter de ce jour, nous ne nous sommes plus revus from that day on, we never saw each other again

————————

en comptant locution prépositionnelle

including

il faut deux mètres de tissu en comptant l'ourlet you need two metres of material including ou if you include the hem

————————

sans compter locution adverbiale

[généralementéreusement]

donner sans compter to give generously ou without counting the cost

se dépenser sans compter to spare no effort

————————

sans compter locution prépositionnelle

[sans inclure] not counting

[sans parler de] to say nothing of, not to mention

————————

sans compter que locution conjonctive

quite apart from the fact that

il est trop tôt pour aller dormir, sans compter que je n'ai pas du tout sommeil it's too early to go to bed, quite apart from the fact that I'm not at all sleepy

————————

tout bien compté locution adverbiale

all things considered, all in all

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > compter

103 ÓR

arrow

* * *

prep. with dat.

1) out of, from; tekinn ór jörðu, taken out of the earth; vakna ór svefni, to wake out of sleep; Ísland bygðist ór Noregi, from Norway; ór Mön, from the Isle of Man; er þá bar ór hafi, from the sea; spyrja ór kaupstefnu, to ask news from the market; hús ór húsi, from house to house; ráðast ór hernaði, to leave off freebooting;

2) denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of, out of; ór Ymis holdi var jörð um sköpuð, out of Y.’s flesh the earth was made, hjölt ór gulli, a golden hilt;

3) out of, from among (þessir féllu ór liði Haralds);

4) denoting cause; deyja ór sárum, sótt, to die of wounds, sickness;

5) beyond; svá mikill snjór, at þat var ór dœnum, beyond exaniple, unexampled; ór hófi, beyond measure; þurru mjök vinsældir hans ór því sem vóru, his popularily dwindled from what it had been;

6) ór því, after (nú skal segja, hvat gørðist ór því F. var í burtu farinn);

7) absol., hann skar ór spjótit, he cut the spear clean through.

* * *

or or, written with o in older vellums, or now and then even with y, yr; in later MSS. with u, ur, which in mod. Icel. is sounded long, úr. In other Teut. languages this prep. has been lost as an independent word; only the Goth. has us = ἐκ, ἀπό, and the O. H. G. ar, ir, ur, which in mid. H. G. was lost and replaced by the adverb aus, O. H. G. uz, answering to Icel. út. Engl. out, a word altogether different from ór, see Grimm’s Dict. s. v. er; ur, however, survived as a prefixed particle in a countless number of compds, in A. S. â-, in O. H. G. ar-, ir-, in mid. H. G. and Germ. er-; causal verbs are formed by means of this prefixed particle, e. g. Goth. us-wakjan, A. S. â-weccan, Engl. to awaken, O. H. G. ar-wechan, Germ. er-wecken. In the Scandin. languages, on the other hand, the independent prep. has been preserved in its fullest extent, whereas the prefixed particle is rare, mostly wiih adjectives, and is sounded and spelt ör-, e. g. ör-endr = exanimis; seldom er-, for erlendr (q. v.) is different; ór- or úr- seems to belong only to words of later formation, as ór-lausn, ór-skurðr, úr-kast, úr-þvætti, refuse; úr-hættis, out of time (from skera ór, kasta úr). These compds will be given under the head of ör- and úr-. The quantity of the root-vowel in the particle or, ur is an unsettled question; the German and Saxon forms er-, ar-, as also the Icel. prefixed ör-, seem to indicate a short, the present Icel. pronunciation úr- a long, vowel. The MSS. in these cases give no help; in this Dictionary it has been assumed as long (ór) in deference to the majority of Editions and the present Icel. spelling and pronunciation.

A. Out of, from; as remarked in the introduction to the prep. af, the prep. ór (p. 3, col. 2) denotes from the inside of a thing ( out of which), and in most cases corresponds to í, so that the same case which goes with ór would also go with í, (and thus it answers to í with dat., see í A. I-III); tekinn ór jörðu, taken out of the earth (answering to í jörðu, of anything lying in the earth), Fms. i. 51; ór skóginum, vi. 225; yr afrétt, Grág. ii. 233; yr héraði, Ísl. ii. 322, 333; fara ór landi, to leave the country, Fms. vi. 284; ór Þrándheimi, Eg. 32 (opp. to í Þrándheimi); ór Tungu, Nj. 95, 192; Ísland bygðisk ór Noregi. from Norway, Íb. 4; austan ór Smálöndum, Nj. 122; ór Breiðafirði, Ísl. ii. 368; ór Eyjum (all names compounded from Ey), Landn. passim; ór Mön, from the Isle of Man, Nj. 138; ór Hrafnistu (an island), 164; ór Þjóttu (a Norse island), Fms. iv. 275; ór Skógi, Skógum, Nj. 89; ór Gili, 113; ór Mörk, 192; ór Þórólfsfelli, 39; ór Saurbæ, 164; ór Garði, Landn., Nj. 164; cp. i, p. 315, col. 2 (A. loc. II); er þá bar ór hafi, Fms. ii. 64; ór lopti, passim; úr eldi, Nj. 132; ór vötnum, Fms. i. 226; ór höll, xi. 16; ór Valhöllu, Nj. 132; ór tjaldi, Fms. ii. 268; ór garði, Nj. 54; ór kirkju, Fms. ix. 471; ór poka, Ld. 202; hús ór húsi, from house to house, Bs. i. 386; flokk ór flokki, Karl. 244; ór gólfinu, Ld. 53; ór húsum, Grág. ii. 336; ór norðri, suðri, vestri, austri, Eg. 133: ór hendi, out of one’s hand, Greg. 62, Nj. 84: the phrase, bíða ór stað, to bide ‘out of’ one’s place, i. e. to bide without moving, Ó. H. (in a verse).

2. with adverbs; ofan ór fjalli, Eg. 766: niðr ór, Fms. iii 94; fram ór, out of; út úr, out of, (Goth. ût-;us, whence arose the mod Germ. aus); út ór hringinum, Ld. 276.

3. ok ræðr lækr ór henni til sævar, Dipl. ii. 2; festina er ór var fjötrinum, Edda 20; þit skulut spyrja ór kaupstefnu, to ask news from the meeting, Ísl. ii. 346; ráðask ór hernaði, to leave off freebooting, Eg. 2; komask ór barnæsku, Sturl. i. 226; vakna ór svefni, to wake out of sleep, 623. 14; rísa upp ór dauða, 655 ix. C. 1; segjask ór lögum, to secede, Íb. 11; vera ór sögunni, to be out of the story, Nj. 22, 120; falla ór minni, Bs. i. 39.

B. Metaph., denoting forfeiture; þá er hann útlagr ok ór goðorði sínu, Grág. i. 33; ok ór öllum skrúðanum, and stripped off all their ornaments, Nj. 132.

2. of a part of the whole; þessir téllu ór liði Haralds, Eg. 11; kveðja fimm búa yr sóknar kvið, Grág ii. 208; ryðja búa ór kviði, kvöð, Nj. 110; menn sakna Skeggja ór flokkinum, Grett. 30 new Ed.; maðr andask ór kvöðinni, Band. 14 new Ed.; Joseph var ór kyni Davíðs, Post.; þriðjungr ór feti, Rb. 482.

3. denoting cause; andask, deyja ór sárum, sótt, to die of wounds, sickness. Eg. 36, Landn. 217, Fms. ii. 164, Sks. 594.

4. of the substance of which a thing is made (see af C. III); ór járni, of iron, Nj. 272; ór gulli, silfri, Akv. 7; þat er ór jörðu, Eluc. 9; ór Ymis holdi var jörð of sköpuð, en ór sveita siár, björg or beinum, baðinr ór hari, en or hausi himin, en or hans heila, etc., Vþm.; úr hári, ullu, etc.; ór osti, Fms. vi. 253.

5. of changing from one state to another, from; ek veil ekki hvat ór honum er orðit, 623. 53; verða at ösku ór miklu mannvirki, Al. 48; görir heimska ór herskum, Hm. 93; auka ór því sem áðr hafði verit, beyond what it was, Al. 145, Nj. 192; hefir þú nokkut samit þik ór því sem var, Ísl. ii. 211: þurru mjök vinsældir hans ór því sem vóru, they dwindled from what they had been, Fms. x. 160; ór hófi (cp. öróf, öræfi), exceeding, out of measure; allt ór hófi, Al. 54; fégjarn ór hófi, Rb. 370; ganga ór dæmum, beyond example, unexampled. Fms. i. 214, viii. 52.

II. ellipt. and adverb. usages; annarra brjóstum ór, Hm.; skar ór spjótið, to cut through, Hkr. i. 37; ok skar út ór, Fms. i. 217.

III. with verbs; fara ór, to take off a garment, Nj. 279; ganga ýr, to withdraw, 86, 113; fyrr en ór sliti (ór-slit), till it was all over, 105; skera ór, to decide; leysa ór, to read a riddle, answer, Fms. ii. 283; ráða ór (ór-ræði), to solve a difficulty, Nj. 177, 243; ok hefir þú ílla ór haft við mik, thou hast behaved badly towards me, Fs. 140.

IV. ór því, since; nú er at segja hvat görðisk í Noregs ór því hann var í burtu farinn, Fas. ii. 84: causal, since, úr því þú vilt það, since thou wishest it, mod.

V. double prepp. as adv. ellipt. and as prep.; tók ór verk allan yr augum hans, Bs. i. 336; at ór sé grátraust ór skapi hans, Nj. 82.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÓR

104 arriver

arriver [aʀive]

➭ TABLE 1

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

► arriver is conjugated with être.

━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━

1. intransitive verb

   a. (au terme d'un voyage) to arrive

• arriver à [+ ville] to get to

• arriver en France to arrive in France

• nous sommes arrivés we're here

• le train doit arriver à 6 heures the train is due to arrive at 6 o'clock

• réveille-toi, on arrive ! wake up, we're almost there!

• arriver le premier (à une course) to come in first ; (à une soirée, une réception) to arrive first

• les premiers arrivés the first to arrive

   b. ( = approcher) [saison, nuit, personne, véhicule] to come

• arriver en courant to run up

• j'arrive ! I'm coming!

• le train arrive en gare the train is coming into the station

• l'air arrive par ce trou the air comes in through this hole

   c. ( = atteindre) arriver à to reach

• la nouvelle est arrivée jusqu'à nous the news has reached us

• le lierre arrive jusqu'au 1^er étage the ivy goes up to the 1st floor

• l'eau lui arrivait (jusqu')aux genoux the water came up to his knees

• et le problème des salaires ? -- j'y arrive and what about the wages problem? -- I'm just coming to that

• il ne t'arrive pas à la cheville he can't hold a candle to you

• arriver au pouvoir to come to power

   d. ( = réussir) arriver à (+ infinitif) to manage to

• pour arriver à lui faire comprendre qu'il a tort to get him to understand he's wrong

• il n'arrive pas à le comprendre he can't understand it

• je n'arrive pas à faire ce devoir I can't do this exercise

• tu y arrives ? how are you getting on?

• je n'y arrive pas I can't manage it

• arriver à ses fins to achieve one's ends

• il n'arrivera jamais à rien he'll never achieve anything

   e. ( = atteindre une réussite sociale) to succeed

• il se croit arrivé he thinks he's arrived (inf)

   f. ( = se produire) to happen

• c'est arrivé hier it happened yesterday

• ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen

• tu n'oublies jamais ? -- ça m'arrive don't you ever forget? -- yes, sometimes

• cela ne m'arrivera plus ! I won't let it happen again!

• ça devait lui arriver he had it coming to him (inf)

   g. ► en arriver à ( = finir par) to come to

• on n'en est pas encore arrivé là ! (résultat négatif) we've not reached that stage yet! ; (résultat positif) we've not got that far yet!

• on en arrive à se demander si... it makes you wonder whether...

• c'est triste d'en arriver là it's sad to be reduced to that

2. impersonal verb

• il est arrivé un accident there's been an accident

• il lui est arrivé un accident he's had an accident

• quoi qu'il arrive whatever happens

• comme il arrive souvent as often happens

► il arrive que/de

• il m'arrive d'oublier I sometimes forget

• il peut lui arriver de se tromper she does occasionally make a mistake

• il m'est arrivé plusieurs fois de le voir I have seen him or it several times

• il ne lui arrive pas souvent de mentir he doesn't often lie

* * *
aʀive
1.

verbe intransitif

1) ( parvenir) [personne, avion, lettre] to arrive; ( s'acheminer) [personne, pluie] to come

je suis arrivée avant toi — I got here before you

l'eau arrive par ce tuyau — the water comes in through this pipe

j'arrive! — I'm coming!

j'arrive de Londres — I've just come from London

arriver en courant — to come running up

arriver en tête — to come first

arriver dans les premiers — ( en compétition) to be among the first to finish; ( à une soirée) to be among the first to arrive

2) ( atteindre)

arriver à — to reach [niveau, âge, accord]; to find [solution]; to achieve [but, résultat]

arriver aux chevilles — [eau] to come up to one's ankles; [jupe] to come down to one's ankles

arriver (jusqu')à quelqu'un — [nouvelle, odeur] to reach somebody

‘qu'en est-il du chômage?’ - ‘j'y arrive’ — ‘what about unemployment?’ - ‘I'm coming to that’

3) ( réussir) ( socialement) to succeed; gén

arriver à faire — to manage to do

je n'arrive pas à faire — I can't do

je n'arrive à rien — I'm getting nowhere

arriver à ses fins — to achieve one's ends

4) ( aboutir)

en arriver à — to come to

on en arrive à des absurdités — you end up with nonsense

j'en arrive à croire que... — I'm beginning to think that...

5) ( survenir) [accident, catastrophe] to happen

ce sont des choses qui arrivent — these things happen, it's just one of those things

2.

verbe impersonnel

qu'est-il arrivé? — what happened? (à to)

que t'arrive-t-il? — what's wrong with you?

il arrive un moment où — there comes a time when

il arrive que quelqu'un fasse — sometimes somebody does

est-ce qu'il t'arrive d'y penser? — do you ever think about it?

* * *
aʀive
1. vi

1) [train, visiteur, courrier] to arrive

Est-ce qu'elle est arrivée? — Has she arrived yet?

arriver à Paris — to get to Paris, to arrive in Paris

Il arrive à Paris à 8 h. — He gets to Paris at 8., He arrives in Paris at 8.

J'arrive à l'école à huit heures. — I get to school at 8 o'clock., I arrive at school at 8 o'clock.

arriver à destination — to arrive at one's destination

j'arrive! — I'm coming!, coming!

en arriver à faire — to end up doing, to get to the point of doing

2) (= survenir) to happen

Ce sont des choses qui arrivent. — These things happen.

C'est arrivé quand? — When did it happen?

arriver à qn — to happen to sb

Qu'est-ce qui est arrivé à Christian? — What happened to Christian?

3)

arriver à (sujet chose) [date, étape] — to reach

arriver à terme [contrat] — to come to an end

arriver à échéance — to fall due

4) (= réussir)

arriver à [perfection, but] — to reach, to achieve

arriver à faire qch — to manage to do sth

J'espère que je vais y arriver. — I hope I'm going to manage it.

2. vb impers

il arrive que — it happens that

il lui arrive de faire — he sometimes does

Il m'arrive de dormir jusqu'à midi. — I sometimes sleep till midday.

* * *

arriver verb table: aimer

A vi

1 ( dans l'espace) [personne, avion, train, colis, lettre] to arrive; [nuage, pluie] to come; arriver de [personne, train, bus] to come from; arriver par [eau, gaz] to come through; arriver ensemble to arrive together; elle n'est pas encore arrivée she hasn't arrived yet; arriver à 13 h à Paris to arrive in Paris at 1 pm; arriver dans le centre ville/sur la berge to reach the town centre^GB/the bank; arriver par bateau/avion/le train to arrive by boat/plane/train; je suis arrivé chez moi I got home; j'arriverai chez toi dans l'après-midi/tard I'll get to ou arrive at your place in the afternoon/late; appelle-nous dès que tu seras arrivé give us a call as soon as you arrive ou get there; arriver en avance/en retard/à l'heure to arrive early/late/on time; arriver juste au bon moment to arrive ou come at just the right moment; je suis arrivée avant/après toi I got here before/after you; elle est arrivée au Japon en 1982 she came to Japan in 1982; dépêche-toi, le train arrive! hurry up, the train is coming!; regarde qui arrive look who's coming; le mauvais temps arrive par le nord the bad weather is coming from the north; l'eau arrive par ce tuyau the water comes in through this pipe; j'arrive! I'm coming!; j'arrive du centre ville I've just come from the city centre^GB; j'arrive de Londres I've just come from London; arriver en courant to come running up; arriver sur qn [orage, cyclone] to hit sb; [personne] to descend on sb; l'eau nous arrivait aux chevilles the water came up to our ankles, we were ankle-deep in water; l'eau arrivait au niveau de la fenêtre the water came up to the window; ma jupe m'arrive aux chevilles my skirt comes down to my ankles; arriver (jusqu')à qn [nouvelle, rumeur, odeur] to reach sb; heureusement cela n'est pas arrivé jusqu'à lui or jusqu'à ses oreilles○ luckily it didn't reach him ou his ears; arriver sur scène [chanteur, acteur] to come on stage; arriver sur le marché [personnes, produits] to come on the market;

2 ( dans le temps) arriver en tête/en queue to come first/last; en arrivant au ministère when he/she became minister; il est arrivé le premier he arrived first, he was the first to arrive; arriver dans les premiers ( en compétition) to be among the first to finish; ( à une soirée) to be among the first to arrive; de nombreux signes montrent qu'on arrive à la fin d'une période a number of signs show that we are coming to the end of an era; arriver à son terme [contrat] to expire; [projet] to come to an end; ce plan arrive au moment où this plan comes at a time when; maintenant j'arrive au problème de la drogue now, I'll come to the problem of drugs; ‘qu'en est-il du chômage?’-‘j'y arrive’ ‘what about unemployment?’-‘I'm coming to that’; tu arrives à un âge où you are getting to an age when;

3 (avec un raisonnement, après une suite d'événements) arriver à une somme to come to an amount; arriver à des résultats to achieve results; arriver à une solution to find a solution; arriver à une conclusion to come to a conclusion; arriver à un accord to reach an agreement;

4 ( réussir) arriver à faire to manage to do, to succeed in doing; je n'arrive pas à faire I can't do; il n'arrive plus à la suivre he can't keep up with her; j'essaie, mais je n'y arrive pas I'm trying, but I can't do it; je n'arrive à rien I'm getting nowhere; arriver à ses fins to achieve one's ends;

5 ( aboutir) on en arrive à des absurdités you end up with nonsense; comment peut-on en arriver là? how could it have come to this?; (parlant d'un pays, d'une économie) how did things get into that state?; j'en arrive à croire que/à me demander si… I'm beginning to think that/to wonder if…;

6 ( survenir) [accident, catastrophe] to happen; ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen, it's just one of those things; cela n'était pas arrivé depuis longtemps it hadn't happened for a long time; ça arrive mais c'est rare it does happen, but not very often; tout peut arriver anything can happen; ça n'arrive qu'aux autres it only happens to other people; on ne sait jamais ce qui peut arriver you never know what may happen; un accident est si vite arrivé accidents happen so easily; voilà ce qui arrive quand on ne fait pas attention that's what happens when you don't pay attention; la même chose m'est arrivée il y a un mois the same thing happened to me a month ago; tu vois, tout arrive! I told you, you should never give up hope!;

7 ( réussir socialement) [personne] to succeed; faire n'importe quoi pour arriver to do anything to succeed.

B v impers il est arrivé quelque chose something has happened (à to); il arrive toujours quelque chose something always happens; qu'est-il arrivé? what happened?; il n'est rien arrivé nothing happened; il n'arrive jamais rien ici nothing ever happens around here; il arrive un moment où there comes a time when; il arrive que qn fasse sometimes sb does; il m'arrive d'être en retard/d'aller à l'opéra sometimes I'm late/I go to the opera; est -ce qu'il arrive que le courrier se perde? does the mail ever go missing GB ou get lost?; est-ce qu'il t'arrive d'y penser? do you ever think about it?; qu'est-il arrivé à ta voiture? what happened to your car?; que t'arrive-t-il? what's wrong with you?; il m'est arrivé une chose bizarre something odd happened to me; quoi qu'il arrive whatever happens; je t'appellerai quoi qu'il arrive I'll call you whatever happens ou come what may; que peut-il arriver au pays? what can happen to the country?

[arive] verbe intransitif (aux être)

A.[DANS L'ESPACE]

1. [parvenir à destination - voyageur, véhicule, courrier] to arrive

arriver chez quelqu'un to arrive at somebody's place

arriver chez soi to get ou to arrive home

arriver au sommet to reach the summit

dès que je suis arrivé au Canada as soon as I arrived in ou got to Canada

on arrive à quelle heure? what time do we get there?

même en roulant vite ça nous fait arriver après minuit even if we drive fast we won't get there before midnight

nous sommes bientôt ou presque arrivés we're almost there

les invités vont bientôt arriver the guests will be arriving soon

qui est arrivé après l'appel? [en classe] who came in after I called the register (UK) ou called roll (US)?

être bien arrivé [personne, colis] to have arrived safely

vous voilà enfin arrivés, je m'inquiétais

a. [ici] here you are ou you've arrived at last, I was getting worried

b. [là-bas] you got there at last, I was getting worried

par où es-tu arrivée?

a. [ici] which way did you come?

b. [là-bas] which way did you go?

ils arrivent de Tokyo they've just arrived ou come from Tokyo

j'arrive tout juste de vacances I'm just back from my holidays

2. [finir - dans un classement] to come (in)

arriver le premier/dernier

a. [coureur] to come in first/last, to take first/last place

b. [invité] to arrive first/last, to be the first/last to arrive

3. [venir] to come, to approach

tu es prêt? — j'arrive tout de suite/dans une minute are you ready? — I'm coming/I'll be with you in a minute

j'arrive, j'arrive! I'm coming!

je n'ai pas vu la voiture arriver I didn't see the car (coming)

ils sont arrivés en voiture they came by car

une odeur de chocolat arrivait de la cuisine a smell of chocolate wafted in ou came from the kitchen

B.[DANS LE TEMPS]

1. [événement, jour, moment] to come

Noël arrive bientôt Christmas will soon be here ou with us

le jour arrivera où... the day will come when...

la soixantaine/retraite est vite arrivée sixty/retirement is soon here

le grand jour est arrivé! the big day's here at last!

l'aube arriva enfin dawn broke at last

2. [se produire] to happen

comment est-ce arrivé? how did it happen?

un accident est si vite arrivé! accidents will happen!

ce sont des choses qui arrivent these things happen

il s'est fait renvoyer — ça devait lui arriver he got fired — it was bound to happen

ça peut arriver à tout le monde de se tromper! everybody makes mistakes!

ça n'arrive pas qu'aux autres it's easy to think it'll never happen to you

ça ne t'arrive jamais d'être de mauvaise humeur? aren't you ever in a bad mood?

tu ne te décourages jamais? — si, ça m'arrive don't you ever get discouraged? — yes, from time to time

tu es encore en retard. Que cela ne t'arrive plus! you're late again. Don't let it happen again!

————————

[arive] verbe impersonnel

1. [venir]

il arrive un train toutes les heures there's a train every hour

2. [aventure, événement]

il est arrivé un accident there's been an accident

comme il arrive souvent en pareilles circonstances as is often the case in such circumstances

il m'est arrivé une histoire incroyable! something incredible happened to me!

s'il m'arrivait quelque chose, prévenez mon père if anything happens ou should anything happen to me, let my father know

pourvu qu'il ne lui soit rien arrivé! let's hope nothing's happened to her!

3. [se produire parfois]

il arrive que: ne peut-il pas arriver que l'ordinateur se trompe? couldn't the computer ever make a mistake?

il m'arrive parfois de le rencontrer dans la rue sometimes I meet him in the street

s'il arrivait que je sois ou fusse (soutenu) absent if I happened to be absent

————————

arriver à verbe plus préposition

1. [niveau, taille, lieu]

le bas du rideau arrive à 20 cm du sol the bottom of the curtain is 20 cm above the ground

le fil du téléphone n'arrive pas jusqu'à ma chambre the phone cord doesn't reach ou isn't long enough to reach my bedroom

des bruits de conversation arrivaient jusqu'à nous the sound of chatter reached us

ses cheveux lui arrivent à la taille her hair comes down to her waist

ma nièce m'arrive à l'épaule my niece comes up to my shoulder

la boue m'arrivait jusqu'aux genoux the mud came up to my knees, I was knee-deep in mud

2. [étape, moment, conclusion] to come to, to reach

où (en) étions-nous arrivés la semaine dernière? [dans une leçon] where did we get up to ou had we got to last week?

j'arrive à un âge où... I've reached an age when...

et ses tableaux? — j'y arrive/arrivais what about his paintings? — I'm/I was coming to that

3. [rang, résultat] to get

[succès] to achieve

tu as refait l'addition? — oui, j'arrive au même total que toi did you redo the calculations? — yes, I get the same result as you

(en usage absolu) [réussir socialement] to succeed, to be successful

si tu veux arriver if you want to get on ou to succeed in life

4. [pouvoir, réussir à]

arriver à faire quelque chose to manage to do something, to succeed in doing something

tu n'arriveras jamais à la convaincre you'll never manage to convince her, you'll never succeed in convincing her

je n'arrive pas à m'y habituer I just can't get used to it

je n'arrive pas à comprendre son refus I can't understand why he said no

je parie que tu n'y arriveras pas! I bet you won't be able to do it!

tu m'aides? je n'y arrive pas! can you help me? I can't do ou manage it!

tu n'arriveras jamais à rien you'll never get anywhere

je n'arriverai jamais à rien avec lui! I'll never be able to do anything with him!

5. (locution)

(en) arriver à quelque chose [en venir à]: comment peut-on en arriver au suicide? how can anybody get to the point of contemplating suicide?

j'en arrive à penser que... I'm beginning to think that...

j'en arrive parfois à me demander si... sometimes I (even) wonder if...

en arriver là: depuis, je ne lui parle plus — c'est malheureux d'en arriver là since then, I haven't spoken to him — it's a shame it has come to that

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > arriver

105 da prep

[da]
da + il= dal, da + lo= dallo, da + l'= dall', da + la= dalla, da + i= dai, da + gli= dagli, da + le= dalle

1) (agente, mezzo) by

fare qc da sé — to do sth (for) o.s.

dipinto da un grande artista — painted by a great artist

riconoscere qn dal passo — to recognize sb by his (o her) step

2)

(causa) tremare dal freddo — to shiver with cold

morire dallo spavento — to die of fright

3) (provenienza, distanza, separazione) from, (fuori di) out of, (giù da) off

a 3 km da Roma — 3 km(s)from Rome

arrivare da Milano — to arrive from Milan

da dove vieni? — where do you come from?

l'aereo parte da Gatwick — the plane departs from Gatwick

scendere dal treno — to get off the train

staccarsi da qn — to leave o part from sb

toglitelo dalla testa — get it out of your head

uscire dalla scuola — to come out of school

4) (stato in luogo) at, (presso) at, with

abita da quelle parti — he lives somewhere round there, he lives in that area

ti aspetto dal macellaio — I'll wait for you at the butcher's

sono da Pietro — I'm at Pietro's (house)

vive da un amico — he's living at a friend's o with a friend

5) (moto a luogo) to, (moto per luogo) through

questo treno passa da Genova — this train goes through Genoa

è uscito dalla finestra — he went out through o by (way of) the window

vado da Pietro/dal giornalaio — I'm going to Pietro's (house)/to the newsagent's

6) (tempo: durata) for, (a partire da: nel passato) since, (nel futuro) from

da allora — since then

vivo qui da un anno — I've been living here for a year

è a Londra da martedì — he has been in London since Tuesday

da oggi in poi — from today onwards

d' ora in poi o in avanti — from now on

da quando sei qui — since you have been here

sono qui dalle sei — I've been here since six o'clock

7)

(qualità, caratteristica) una ragazza dai capelli biondi — a fair-haired girl, a girl with fair hair

un vestito da 300 euro — a 300-euro dress

un ragazzo dagli occhi azzurri — a blue-eyed boy, a boy with blue eyes

sordo da un orecchio — deaf in one ear

è una cosa da poco — it's nothing special

8) (modo) like

trattare qn da amico — to treat sb like o as a friend

non è da lui — it's not like him

comportarsi da uomo — to behave like a man

è da vigliacchi fare così — that's a spineless way to behave

9) (predicativo) as

da bambino piangevo molto — I cried a lot as a child o when I was a child

da giovane — as a young man (o woman)

fare da guida — to act as a guide

fare da maestro — to act as a teacher

fare da padre a — to be a father to

da studente — as a student

10)

(fine, scopo) cavallo da corsa — racehorse

macchina da corsa — racing car

vino da pasto — table wine

abito da sera — evening dress

11) (seguito da infinito: consecutivo) that (spesso omesso), (finale) to

casa da affittare — house to let

qualcosa da bere — something to drink

qualcosa da mangiare — something to eat

ero così stanco da non stare più in piedi — I was so tired (that) I couldn't stand

casa da vendere — house for sale

12)

da... a... — from... to...

contare da 1 a 10 — to count from 1 to 10

dalle 3 alle 5 — from 3 to o till 5 (o'clock)

c'erano dalle 30 alle 40 persone — there were between 30 and 40 people there

è cambiato dall'oggi al domani — he changed overnight

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > da prep

106 da

prep [da]
da + il= dal, da + lo= dallo, da + l'= dall', da + la= dalla, da + i= dai, da + gli= dagli, da + le= dalle

1) (agente, mezzo) by

fare qc da sé — to do sth (for) o.s.

dipinto da un grande artista — painted by a great artist

riconoscere qn dal passo — to recognize sb by his (o her) step

2)

(causa) tremare dal freddo — to shiver with cold

morire dallo spavento — to die of fright

3) (provenienza, distanza, separazione) from, (fuori di) out of, (giù da) off

a 3 km da Roma — 3 km(s)from Rome

arrivare da Milano — to arrive from Milan

da dove vieni? — where do you come from?

l'aereo parte da Gatwick — the plane departs from Gatwick

scendere dal treno — to get off the train

staccarsi da qn — to leave o part from sb

toglitelo dalla testa — get it out of your head

uscire dalla scuola — to come out of school

4) (stato in luogo) at, (presso) at, with

abita da quelle parti — he lives somewhere round there, he lives in that area

ti aspetto dal macellaio — I'll wait for you at the butcher's

sono da Pietro — I'm at Pietro's (house)

vive da un amico — he's living at a friend's o with a friend

5) (moto a luogo) to, (moto per luogo) through

questo treno passa da Genova — this train goes through Genoa

è uscito dalla finestra — he went out through o by (way of) the window

vado da Pietro/dal giornalaio — I'm going to Pietro's (house)/to the newsagent's

6) (tempo: durata) for, (a partire da: nel passato) since, (nel futuro) from

da allora — since then

vivo qui da un anno — I've been living here for a year

è a Londra da martedì — he has been in London since Tuesday

da oggi in poi — from today onwards

d' ora in poi o in avanti — from now on

da quando sei qui — since you have been here

sono qui dalle sei — I've been here since six o'clock

7)

(qualità, caratteristica) una ragazza dai capelli biondi — a fair-haired girl, a girl with fair hair

un vestito da 300 euro — a 300-euro dress

un ragazzo dagli occhi azzurri — a blue-eyed boy, a boy with blue eyes

sordo da un orecchio — deaf in one ear

è una cosa da poco — it's nothing special

8) (modo) like

trattare qn da amico — to treat sb like o as a friend

non è da lui — it's not like him

comportarsi da uomo — to behave like a man

è da vigliacchi fare così — that's a spineless way to behave

9) (predicativo) as

da bambino piangevo molto — I cried a lot as a child o when I was a child

da giovane — as a young man (o woman)

fare da guida — to act as a guide

fare da maestro — to act as a teacher

fare da padre a — to be a father to

da studente — as a student

10)

(fine, scopo) cavallo da corsa — racehorse

macchina da corsa — racing car

vino da pasto — table wine

abito da sera — evening dress

11) (seguito da infinito: consecutivo) that (spesso omesso), (finale) to

casa da affittare — house to let

qualcosa da bere — something to drink

qualcosa da mangiare — something to eat

ero così stanco da non stare più in piedi — I was so tired (that) I couldn't stand

casa da vendere — house for sale

12)

da... a... — from... to...

contare da 1 a 10 — to count from 1 to 10

dalle 3 alle 5 — from 3 to o till 5 (o'clock)

c'erano dalle 30 alle 40 persone — there were between 30 and 40 people there

è cambiato dall'oggi al domani — he changed overnight

Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > da

107 poi

['pɔi]
1. avv

1) (gen) then, (più tardi) later (on), (alla fine) finally, at last

e poi cos'è successo? — and then what happened?

e poi — (inoltre) and besides

non ne ho voglia e poi sono stanco — I don't feel like it and what's more I'm tired

devi poi sapere che... — you should also know that...

prima o poi — sooner or later

poi te lo dico — I'll tell you later (on)

a poi — till later

d'ora in poi — from now on

da domani in poi — from tomorrow onwards

2)

(enfatico) lui, poi, non c'entra proprio — he simply doesn't come into it, it's nothing at all to do with him

questa poi non me l'aspettavo — I just wasn't expecting this at all

questa poi (è bella)! iro — that's a good one!

2. sm

il poi — the future

pensare al poi — to think of the future

Nuovo dizionario Italiano-Inglese > poi

108 οὖν

οὖν, [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Dor. [full] ὦν (the latter in Pi.P.3.82, al., but οὖν in Hom. (v. infr.), B.18.29,37, Cerc.4.18, al.), Adv.

A certainly, in fact, confirming something, freq. in contrast with something which is not confirmed, in Hom. only in combination with γε (v. γοῦν) , γάρ, οὔτε or μήτε, ὡς, ἐπεί, μέν, etc.:

1 really, φημὶ γὰρ οὖν κατανεῦσαι.. Κρονίωνα for I declare that Zeus did really promise.., Il.2.350, cf. Pl.Prt. 309b; τόφρα γὰρ οὖν ἑπόμεσθα.., ὄφρ' for we followed them up to the very point, where.., Il.11.754, cf. 15.232, Od.2.123; εἰ δ' οὖν τις ἀκτὶς ἡλίου νιν ἱστορεῖ.. ζῶντα A.Ag. 676
, cf. 1042; ἐλέχθησαν λόγοι ἄπιστοι μὲν ἐνίοισι Ἑλλήνων, ἐλέχθησαν δ' ὦν but they really were spoken, Hdt.3.80, cf. 4.5, 6.82; Θηβαῖοι μὲν ταῦτα λέγουσι.., Πλαταιῆς δ' οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.., ἐκ δ' οὖν τῆς γῆς ἀνεχώρησαν at all events they did return, Th.2.5, cf. 1.63, Pl.Prt. 315e; σωτηρίαν λεπτὴν μὲν.., μόνην δ' οὖν Id.Lg. 699b
; so δ' οὖν after a parenthesis; εἰ δή τις ὑμῶν οὕτως ἔχει,—οὐκ ἀξιῶ μὲν γὰρ ἔγωγε,—εἰ δ' οὖν but if he is so, Id.Ap. 34d, cf. Hdt.6.76, Th.1.3; so ἀλλ' οὖν.. γε but at all events, S.Ant.84, Ph. 1305; ἔμπης οὖν ἐπιμεῖναι ἐς αὔριον to stay nevertheless at least till to-morrow, Od.11.351; οὖν concessive, I grant you, τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
: in apodosi after εἰ or ἐάν, εἰ καὶ σμικρά, ἀλλ' ὦν ἴση γε ἡ χάρις .. Hdt.3.140, cf.9.48, E.Ph. 498, Pl.Phd. 91b, etc.: after ἐπεί and ὡς, ἀλλ' ἐπεὶ οὖν τὸ πρῶτον ἀνέκραγον but now that I have (emphat.) once spoken up, Od.14.467, cf. 17.226, Il.18.333; Τληπόλεμος δ', ἐπεὶ οὖν τράφ' ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ εὐπήκτῳ, αὐτίκα.. κατέκτα when once, i.e. as soon as, he had grown up, 2.661, cf. 15.363, 16.394, al.; νεβροί, αἵ τ' ἐπεὶ οὖν ἔκαμον.. ἑστᾶσ' which, as soon as they are tired, stand still, 4.244; to indicate that something foreshadowed has actually occurred, ἀγορήνδε καλέσσατο λαὸν Ἀχιλλεύς.., οἱ δ' ἐπεὶ οὖν ἤγερθεν 1.57
, cf. 3.340, al.: sts. οὖν after ἐπεί or ὡς has either no force or approaches signf. 11 or 111, οἱ δ' ἐπεὶ οὖν παύσαντο πόνου Od.16.478
, cf. 19.213, 251, al.; τὸν δ' ὡς οὖν ἐνόησε Il.3.21
, al.; οὔτ' οὖν.., οὔτε.. or οὔτε.., οὔτ' οὖν .. both = neither.. nor, but preferred according as the first or second clause is to be marked by emphasis, cf. 17.20, Od.2.200, Hdt.9.26, with Od. 11.198sq., S.OT90, 271, etc.; so εἰ.., εἴτ' οὖν .. if.., or if.., E.Alc. 140; εἴτ' οὖν, εἴτε μὴ γενήσεται whether it shall be so, or no, Id.Heracl. 149, cf. A.Ag. 491, S.El. 560; ξεῖνος αἴτ' ὦν ἀστός, i.e. αἴτε ξ. αἴτ' ὦν ἀ., Pi.P.4.78; and doubled, εἴτ' οὖν ἀληθὲς εἴτ' οὖν ψεῦδος Pl. Ap. 34e
, cf. A.Ch. 683: so also in parenth. Relat. clauses, ἢ σῖγ', ἀτίμως, ὥσπερ οὖν ἀπώλετο πατήρ even as, just as, ib.96, cf. 888, E.Hipp. 1307 (v.l.); εἰ δ' ἔστιν, ὥσπερ οὖν ἔστι, θεός if he is, as he in fact is, a god, Pl.Phdr. 242e; οὗτος μὲν οἴεταί τι εἰδέναι οὐκ εἰδώς, ἐγὼ δέ, ὥσπερ οὖν οὐκ οἶδα, οὐδὲ οἴομαι Id.Ap. 21d
: for γὰρ οὖν, v. γάρ A. 11.5; for μὲν οὖν, v. μέν B. 11.2.

2 added to indef. Prons. and Advbs., like Lat. cunque, ὅστις whoever, ὁστισοῦν whosoever; ὅπως how, ὁπωσοῦν howsoever; ἄλλος ὁστισοῦν another, be he who he may; so ὁποιοσοῦν, ὁποιοστισοῦν, ὁποσοσοῦν, ὁπωσδηποτοῦν, ὁπητιοῦν, ὁποθενοῦν, etc., v. sub vocc.

II to continue a narrative, so, then, καὶ τὰ μὲν οὖν.. θῆκαν Od.13.122
; ὅτ' οὖν since, then,.., S.Ant. 170, El.38, 1318; ζεῖ οὖν ἐν τούτῳ .. Pl.Phdr. 251c, cf. Prt. 322b; εὐθὺς οὖν ὁ Κῦρος εἶπεν X.Cyr.4.1.22
: in Hdt. and [dialect] Att., μὲν οὖν (q.v.) is very common in this sense; so δ' οὖν A.Ag.34
, S.Aj. 114; οὖν is also used alone merely to resume after a parenth. or long protasis, well, as I was saying, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, χρήσαντος τοῦ θεοῦ.., ὑμεας γὰρ πυνθάνομαι προεστάναι..,—ὑμέας ὦν.. προσκαλέομαι .. Hdt.1.69, cf. 4.75, Th.2.16, Pl.Ap. 29d, Smp. 201d, etc.: Hdt. so uses ὦν after a short protasis, 1.144, etc.

2 ὦν is freq. inserted by Hdt. (sts. without any discernible meaning) between the Prep. and its Verb (but only, it seems, in narrative with the [tense] aor., which is always the [tense] aor. of habitual action exc. in 2.172), ἐπεὰν δὲ ταῦτα ποιήσωσι, ἀπ' ὦν ἔδωκαν ib.87; καὶ ἔπειτα ἀπ' ὦν ἔδωκαν ib.88: after a part., οἱ δὲ φέροντες ἐς τὴν ἀγορήν, ἀπ' ὦν ἔδοντο ib.39; κατευξάμενοι, κοιλίην μὲν κείνην πᾶσαν ἐξ ὦν εἶλον ib.40; ἤν τις ψαύσῃ.., αὐτοῖσι τοῖσι ἱματίοισι ἀπ' ὦν ἔβαψε ἑωυτόν ib.47; τοῦτον κατ' ὦν κόψας ib. 172; so in Hp., δι' οὖν ἐφθάρησαν Morb.1.14
(v.l.), al.; also ἐπ' ὦν ἐπίομες οἶνον Epich.124.3
: this tmesis is rare in [dialect] Att., ὥστε γε καὐτόν σε κατ' οὖν ἔβαλεν Ar.Ra. 1047
; but occurs in later writers, Dorieus ap. Phylarch.3 J., AP12.226 (Strat.).

III in inferences, then, therefore, not in Hom., rare in A., and usu. in questions (v. infr.); in a statement, Eu. 219; very common from Hdt. downwds.; so καὶ σὺ οὖν you too therefore, X.Cyr. 4.1.20; καὶ γὰρ οὖν Id.An.1.9.8
; cf. οὐ γὰρ οὖν, τοιγαροῦν: strengthd., δὴ οὖν Pl.Smp. 191c
, etc.; οὖν δή Id.R. 340e
: in questions,
τίς οὖν ὁ λύσων σ' ἐστίν
; A.Pr. 771
, cf. S.Tr. 1191, Ar.Pl. 906, 909, etc.;
ἆρ' οὖν δή
; Pl.Tht. 146a
;
τί οὖν δή
; S.Aj. 873
(lyr.), Pl.Phd. 57a.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὖν

109 решать

гл.

1. to decide; 2. to resolve; 3. to choose; 4. to conclude; 5. to clinch; 6. to make up one's mind; 7. to take it into one's head to do smth; 8. to be up to smb; 9. to rest with smb

Русский глагол решать как и его ближайший эквивалент to decide дают общее название действия, не уточняя обстоятельств, при которых достигается решение. Нижеприведенные английские соответствия, сохраняя общее значение, уточняют характер решения и обстоятельства, при которых оно принято.

1. to decide — решать, решить (нейтральный глагол, используется в разных стилях речи): to decide smth — решать что-либо; to decide to do smth — решить что-либо сделать; to decide when…, why…, where… — решить, когда…, почему…, где… It is difficult to decide what to do. — Трудно решить, что нужно сделать. You must decide one way or other. — Ты должен решить так или иначе. He should decide for himself. — Он должен сам решить. His opinion decided me. — Его мнение было для меня решающим./ Его мнение заставило меня принять рсшение./Ero мнение убедило меня. The question is not yel decided. — По этому вопросу еще нет решения. Nothing is decided yet. — Еше ничего не решено.

2. to resolve — твердо решать, принять твердое решение ( особенно в результате прошлого опыта или ошибок): After the divorce she resolved never to marry again. — После развода она твердо решила больше никогда не выходить замуж. Не returned to the lab, resolving to stay there until the experiment was finished. — Он вернулся в лабораторию с твердым решением остаться там до конца эксперимента.

3. to choose — решать, решить, выбрать одно из возможных решений, предпочитать какое-либо решение: I told him to drive slowly but as usual he chose to ignore my advice. — Я велел ему ехать медленно, но как обычно он решил проигнорировать мой совет. More and more young couples today are choosing not lo marry. — Все больше молодых пар в наши дни предпочитают не вступать в брак./Все больше молодых пар в наши дни решают не вступать в брак. Не believes people should be allowed to use drugs if they so chose. — Он считает, что людям нужно разрешить пользоваться наркотиками, если они так решили.

4. to conclude — решать, решить, прийти к заключению ( особенно после учета всех фактов): The jury listened carefully to the evidence and concluded that the man was guilty. — Судьи внимательно выслушали все свидетельские показания и пришли к решению, что этот человек был виновен./Судьи внимательно выслушали все свидетельские показания и пришли к заключению, что этот человек был виновен. Не concluded from the analysis of traffic accidents that the speed limit should be lowered. — Проанализировав дорожные аварии, он пришел к выводу, что предел скорости должен быть снижен.

5. to clinch — решить, принять окончательное решение ( в отношении чего-либо почти уже решенного): We had thought about living around here when we retired, then we saw this beautiful house and it clinched it. — Мы думали о том, чтобы поселиться здесь, когда отойдем отдел, и когда увидели этот прекрасный домик, то это окончательно убедило нас.

6. to make up one's mind — решать, решить, останавливаться на каком-либо решении ( в результате обдумывания этого решения в течение длительного времени): Now that she has made up her mind to resign, there is no way you can persuade her not to. — Теперь, когда она решила уйти в отставку, ничто не может разубедить ее. I wish he would make up his mind — we can't wait forever. — Мне бы хотелось, чтобы он уже принял решение — мы не можем ждать до бесконечности.

7. to take it into one's head to do smth — неожиданно решить; приходить в голову, забрать себе в галопу (особенно то, что другим кажется странным или глупым): Не met her only once and now he has taken it into his head to ask her to marry him. — Он видел ее только один раз, и теперь ему взбрело в голову просить ее стать его женой. For some reason they took it into their heads to go swimming at midnight. — Неизвестно по какой причине они вдруг решили пойти купаться в иолночь./Неизвестно по какой причине им вдруг взбрело в голову пойти купиться в полночь.

8. to be up to smb — иметь право решать самому, Сыть в чьей-либо воле что-либо сделать, зависеть от решения кого-либо: Shall we finish the job now, or leave it till tomorrow? — I don't mind, it is up to you. — Мы закончим работу сегодня или оставим ее до завтра? — Не возражаю, как ты решишь. It is up to them what to do with the money. — Им решать, что делать с ними деньгами.

9. to rest with smb — решать, решить, решиться (особенно, когда решение остается за кем-либо): The committee has made certain recommendations, but the final decision rests with the President. — Комиссия дала ряд рекомендаций, но окончательное решение остается за президентом.

Русско-английский объяснительный словарь > решать

110 ἕως

ἕως (Hom.+)

① to denote the end of a period of time, till, until.

ⓐ as conjunction

α. w. the aor. ind. (Lysias 25, 26; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 58; Wsd 10:14; 1 Macc 10:50; Jdth 10:18; En 13:7; 102:10; PsSol 2:26; 4:10; SibOr 5, 528; Ar. 12, 2) ἕως ἐστάθη until it stood still Mt 2:9. ἕως ἦλθεν ὁ κατακλυσμός until the flood came 24:39.—Ac 19:10 D.

β. w. the aor. subj. and, as the rule requires (s. AFuchs, D. Temporalsätze mit d. Konj. ‘bis’ u. ‘so lange als.’ 1902), ἄν (X., An. 5, 1, 11; SIG 966, 11; 1207, 10; PPetr II, 40a, 28; POxy 1124, 7; Gen 24:14; 49:10; Ex 33:22; Lev 22:4 and oft. LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 2 [Stone p. 72]; TestJob 21:2; ParJer 2:3; ApcMos 26 p. 14, 7 Tdf.; Jos., Ant. 13, 400; Just., A I, 45, 1), to denote that the commencement of an event is dependent on circumstances: ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι until I tell you Mt 2:13.—5:18 (AHoneyman, NTS 1, ’54/55, 141f), 26 (cp. SIG 731, 16ff ἕως ἂν ἀποδῷ); 10:23; 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 6:10; 9:1; 12:36 (Ps 109:1); Lk 20:43 (Ps 109:1); 21:32; Ac 2:35 (Ps 109:1); 1 Cor 4:5; Hb 1:13; B 12:10 (the two last Ps 109:1).—Without ἄν (Soph., Aj. 555, Phil. 764; Polyb. 35, 2, 4; SIG 976, 79; UPZ 18, 10 [II B.C.]; PGrenf II, 38, 16 [I B.C.]; POxy 531, 6; 1125, 15; 1159, 21; Sir 35:17; Tob 14:5 BA; En 10:12, 17; TestSol 15:10; ParJer 5:14; GrBar 11:2; SibOr 5, 217; Just. D. 39, 6): Mt 10:23 v.l.; 18:30; Mk 14:32; Lk 15:4 and 22:34 (both v.l. ἕως οὗ); 2 Th 2:7; Js 5:7; Hb 10:13; Rv 6:11.

γ. w. the pres. ind. (cp. Plut., Lycurg. 29, 3) ἕως ἔρχομαι until I come J 21:22f; 1 Ti 4:13; Hs 5, 2, 2; 9, 10, 5f; cp. 9, 11, 1.

δ. w. the fut. ind. (cp. PHolm 26, 7; Jdth 10:15) in a text-critically doubtful pass. (B-D-F §382, 2; Rob. 971f; 976) ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε (ἥξει ὅτε is lacking as v.l.) until (the time) comes when you say Lk 13:35.

ⓑ used as prep. (appears first at the end of the IV cent. B.C. [Schwyzer II 550]) until, up to (Aristot. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; pseudepigr., also SibOr 5, 57; 118)

α. w. gen. of a noun or an equivalent expr. (SIG 588, 64 [196 B.C.] ἕ. τοῦ τ. συνθήκης χρόνου; OGI 90, 16 ἕ. τοῦ πρώτου ἔτους; BGU 1128, 8 [14 B.C.]; oft. LXX; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 23 [Stone p. 54]) ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας (Jdth 12:14; 1 Esdr 4:55; 1 Macc 13:39) Mt 27:64; Lk 1:80. ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης (Jdth 1:15) Mt 26:29; Mk 14:25. ἕ. τ. ἡμ. ταύτης (4 Km 17:23; 1 Macc 8:10; 13:30; 1 Esdr 8:73; Bar 1:13; ApcMos 13 p. 7, 1 Tdf.) 1 Cl 11:2. ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mk 15:33; Lk 23:44. ἕ. τῆς πεντηκοστῆς 1 Cor 16:8. ἕ. τῆς σήμερον (sc. ἡμέρας) Mt 27:8 (Just., D. 134, 5). ἕ. τέλους until the end 1 Cor 1:8 (JosAs 12:3); ἕ. αἰῶνος forever (1 Ch 17:16; Sir 24:9; 44:13; Jdth 13:19; 1 Esdr 8:82; PsSol 18:11; TestJob 34:4) Hv 2, 3, 3. Of someone’s age or a period of life ἕ. ἐτῶν ὀγδοήκοντα τεσσάρων until the age of 84, prob.= until she was now 84 years old (so Goodsp., Probs. 79–81) Lk 2:37 (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 181). Used w. proper names (Polyb. 2, 41, 5; Diod S 1, 50, 6) ἕ. Ἰωάννου up to the time of John Mt 11:13. ἕ. Σαμουήλ Ac 13:20. In such cases, as well as in others, ἕ. often looks back to a preceding ἀπό: from … to (Bar 1:19; 1 Esdr 8:73; Sir 40:1; 1 Macc 16:2; 3 Macc 6:38 al.; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 18 Jac.): ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ ἕ. Δαυίδ Mt 1:17a. ἀπὸ τ. βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕ. τῆς ἡμέρας Ac 1:22. ἀπὸ τ. ἕκτης ὥρας ἕ. ὥρας ἐνάτης Mt 27:45 (cp. SIG 736, 109 [92 B.C.] ἀπὸ τετάρτας ὥρας ἕ. ἑβδόμας; 1 Esdr 9:41). ἀπὸ πρωὶ̈ ἕ. ἑσπέρας Ac 28:23 (cp. Jos., Ant. 6, 364).—ἕ. τοῦ νῦν until now (Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 4; SIG 705, 44f [112 B.C.]; UPZ 122 [157 B.C.]; Gen 15:16; 18:12; Num 14:19; 1 Macc 2:33) after ἀπʼ ἀρχῆς Mt 24:21; Mk 13:19 (cp. BGU 1197, 8 [4 B.C.] ἕως τ. νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐννεακαιδεκάτου ἔτους Καίσαρος; Ezk 4:14). ἀπὸ Δαυὶδ ἕ. τ. μετοικεσίας Βαβυλῶνος to the Babylonian exile Mt 1:17b.—As here, a historical event forms the boundary (cp. 1 Esdr 5:71; ParJer 3:11) in ἕ. τ. τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου 2:15.—W. the articular inf. (on the acc. with it s. B-D-F §406, 3) ἕ. τοῦ ἐλθεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς Καισάρειαν until he came to Caesarea Ac 8:40 (s. SIG 588, 93f; Gen 24:33; 28:15; 1 Macc 3:33; 5:19; Polyb., Joseph. [B-D-F §403]); but s. also 3a below.

β. w. gen. of the relative pron. (οὗ or ὅτου) in the neut.

א. ἕ. οὗ until (Hdt. 2, 143; Plut. et al.; LXX; En; TestAbr; TestJob 24:4; in local mng. SIG 495, 101) w. aor. ind. (Judg 3:30; 4:24 B; 4 Km 17:20; Tob 1:21; 2:4, 10; Jdth 10:10; 15:5; JosAs 10:2, 19; Jos., Ant. 10, 134) Mt 1:25; 13:33; Lk 13:21; Ac 21:26. W. aor. subj. (BGU 1209, 8 [23 B.C.]; PRyl 229, 14 [38 A.D.]; Judg 5:7 B; Ps 71:7; Jdth 6:5, 8; TestAbr B 2 p. 107, 3 [Stone p. 62]; ParJer 9:3; GrBar 13:5; ApcMos 31 p. 17, 10 Tdf.) Mt 18:34; Lk 15:4 v.l., 8; 22:18; 24:49; Ac 25:21; 2 Pt 1:19. After neg.=until, before Mt 17:9; J 13:38; Ac 23:12, 14, 21.

ב. ἕ. ὅτου until w. aor. ind. (Diod S 19, 108, 3; 3 Km 10:7; 11:16; Da 2:34; 7:4) J 9:18. W. aor. subj. (POxy 1061, 16 [22 B.C.]; 1 Km 22:3; 2 Esdr 14:5) Lk 12:50; 13:8; 15:8 v.l.; 22:16, 18 v.l.

γ. w. adv. of time (JosAs 10:17 ἕ. πρωί̈; Ath. 22, 6 ἕ. νῦν) ἕ. ἄρτι until now (s. ἄρτι 3), Mt 11:12; J 2:10; 5:17; 16:24; 1J 2:9; 1 Cor 4:13; 8:7; 15:6. ἕ. σήμερον (Sir 47:7) 2 Cor 3:15. ἕ. πότε; how long? (Ps 12:2, 3; 2 Km 2:26; 1 Macc 6:22; ApcSed 12:1f) Mt 17:17ab; Mk 9:19ab; Lk 9:41; J 10:24; Rv 6:10.

② to denote contemporaneousness, as long as, while

ⓐ conj. w. ind. (Hom.+; Jdth 5:17) in our lit. only the pres. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 53 §218 ἕως χειμάζουσιν and ibid. ἕως Πομπήιος ἡγεῖται=while Pompey imagines; Jos., Bell. 7, 347; Just., D. 4, 4 ἕ. ἐν τῷ σώματί ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή) ἕ. ἡμέρα ἐστίν while it is day J 9:4 (v.l. ὡς. On this interchange s. LRadermacher, Philol. 60, 1901, 495f; B-D-F §455, 3); 12:35f v.l.; ἕ. αὐτὸς ἀπολύει τ. ὄχλον while he himself dismissed the crowd Mk 6:45. ἕ. ὑπάγουσιν while they were on their way Mt 25:10 D; ἕ. ἔτι ἔχομεν while we still have 2 Cl 16:1 (cp. Pla., Phd. 89c ἕ. ἔτι φῶς ἐστιν, Parmen. 135d ἕ. ἔτι νέος εἶ; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §127 ἕως ἔτι δύνασαι; PEleph 14, 24 [223 B.C.]; Sir 33:21 ἕως ἔτι ζῇς).

ⓑ conj. w. subjunctive (PTebt 6, 42 [140 B.C.] ἕως … μένωσι; Dio Chrys. 27 [44], 5 ἕως ἂν … φέρῃ=‘as long as’; Appian, Numid. 4 §2) Mk 14:32; Lk 17:8.

ⓒ in a few cases ἕως also has this sense when functioning as prep. with the gen. of the rel. pronoun in the neut. while ἕ. οὗ (Jos., Ant. 3, 279 [ἔχουσι]) w. subj. Mt 14:22; 26:36 (but s. Burton, MT §325 and Zwaan §314).—ἕ. ὅτου (SSol 1:12) w. ind. Mt 5:25.

③ marker of limit reached, as far as, to, funct. as prep.

ⓐ w. gen. of place as far as, to (Polyb. 3, 76, 2; Diod S 1, 27, 5; SIG 588, 32 [196 B.C.] ἕ. θαλάσσης; 1231, 12 ἀπὸ … ἕως; PTebt 33, 5 [112 B.C.]; LXX; En 21:1; 22:6; PsSol 15:10; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 12f [Stone p. 12]; TestJob 20:6; GrBar 2:5; 11:8; JosAs 16:14; Jos., Bell. 1, 512; Mel., HE 4, 26, 14 ἕ. τοῦ τόπου …, ἔνθα) ἕ. Φοινίκης Ac 11:19. ἕ. Ἀντιοχείας vs. 22; ἕ. Βηθλεέμ Lk 2:15. ἕ. οὐρανοῦ, ᾅδου Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 (ApcEsdr 4:32 p. 29, 8 Tdf.). ἕ. τῆς αὐλῆς Mt 26:58; cp. Lk 4:29. ἕ. ἐσχάτου τ. γῆς (Is 48:20; 62:11; 1 Macc 3:9; PsSol 1:4) Ac 1:8. ἕ. τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 2 Cor 12:2 (ApcSed 2:4). ἀπὸ … ἕ.: ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἕ. δυσμῶν Mt 24:27. ἀπʼ ἄκρων οὐρανῶν ἕ. ἄκρων αὐτῶν vs. 31 (cp. Dt 30:4). ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕ. ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 (cp. Jdth 11:21).—Also w. gen. of a pers., who is in a certain place (Aelian, VH 3, 18 ἕ. Ὑπερβορέων; 4 Km 4:22; 1 Macc 3:26) ἦλθον ἕ. αὐτοῦ Lk 4:42. διελθεῖν ἕ. ἡμῶν Ac 9:38. Prob. Ac 8:40 also belongs here (s. above 1bα end); then a pass. like Gen 10:19 would be comparable.

ⓑ w. adv. of place (LXX) ἕ. ἄνω (2 Ch 26:8) to the brim J 2:7. ἕ. ἔσω right into Mk 14:54. ἕ. κάτω (Ezk 1:27; 8:2 looking back to ἀπό) ἀπʼ ἄνωθεν ἕ. κάτω fr. top to bottom Mt 27:51; Mk 15:38 (cp. ἀπὸ ἔσω ἕω ἔξω TestSol 18:15 P). ἕ. ὧδε (Gen 22:5; 2 Km 20:16; 3 Km 18:45; Ar. 17, 1) ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τ. Γαλιλαίας ἕ. ὧδε Lk 23:5.

ⓒ w. a prep. or another adv. ἕ. πρός (Polyb. 3, 82, 6; 12, 17, 4; Gen 38:1; Ezk 48:1) ἕ. πρὸς Βηθανίαν as far as B. Lk 24:50 (for the v.l. ἕ. εἰς Β. cp. Polyb. 1, 11, 14; Diod S 1, 27, 5; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 31:24; 4 Km 2:6; PsSol 2:5; Jos., Ant. 16, 90). ἕ. καὶ εἰς even into Ac 26:11. ἕ. ἔξω τῆς πόλεως 21:5. ἕ. ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 (cp. 1 Macc 5:29; 3 Macc 7:18 A; PsSol 17:12; ἕ. ἐπὶ πολύ TestSol 7:2).

④ marker of order in a series, up to ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τῶν ἐσχάτων ἕ. πρώτων Mt 20:8. ὁ δεύτερος καὶ ὁ τρίτος ἕ. τῶν ἑπτά 22:26. ἀπὸ μικροῦ ἕ. μεγάλου small and great (Bar 1:4; 1 Macc 5:45; Jdth 13:4) Ac 8:10; Hb 8:11 (Jer 38:34).—J 8:9 v.l.

⑤ marker of degree and measure, denoting the upper limit, to the point of ἕ. ἑπτάκις (4 Km 4:35; cp. TestSol 5:8 ἕ. ἑπτά; ApcSed 16:4 ἕ. εἴκοσι) as many as seven times Mt 18:21f; cp. vs. 22. ἕ. ἡμίσους τῆς βασιλείας μου (Esth 5:3; 7:2) Mk 6:23. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕ. ἑνός (cp. PTebt 56, 7 [II B.C.] οὐκ ἔχομεν ἕ. τῆς τροφῆς τῶν κτηνῶν ἡμῶν=‘we do not even have enough to feed our cattle’; Leontios, Vi. Joh. [ed. HGelzer 1893] 66, 21ff οὐ … ἕως ἑνὸς νομίσματος=‘not even a single coin’; cp. PRossGeorg III, 3, 22 ἕως δραχμῶν ἕκατον) there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3). ἐᾶτε ἕ. τούτου stop! No more of this Lk 22:51 (ἕ. τούτου=‘to this point’ Aristot., HA 9, 46; Polyb. 9, 36, 1; cp. 2 Km 7:18). ἕ. θανάτου unto death (Antig. Car. 16; Sir 34:12; 51:6; 4 Macc 14:19; JosAs 29:3): contend (Sir 4:28; cp. OGI 266, 29 [III B.C.] μαχοῦμαι ἕως ζωῆς καὶ θανάτου) 1 Cl 5:2. περίλυπός ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή μου ἕ. θανάτου Mt 26:38; Mk 14:34 (cp. Jon 4:9 σφόδρα λελύπημαι ἐγὼ ἕ. θανάτου).—DELG s.v. 2 ἕω. EDNT. New Docs 4, 154. M-M.

Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἕως

111 in

1.
in (old forms endŏ and indŭ, freq. in ante-class. poets; cf. Enn. ap. Gell. 12, 4; id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 2; Lucil. ap. Lact. 5, 9, 20; Lucr. 2, 1096; 5, 102; 6, 890 et saep.), prep. with abl. and acc. [kindr. with Sanscr. an; Greek en, en-tha, en-then, eis, i. e. en-s, ana; Goth. ana; Germ. in], denotes either rest or motion within or into a place or thing; opp. to ex; in, within, on, upon, among, at; into, to, towards.
I.
With abl.
A.
In space.
1.
Lit., in (with abl. of the place or thing in which):
aliorum fructus in terra est, aliorum et extra,
Plin. 19, 4, 22, § 61:
alii in corde, alii in cerebro dixerunt animi esse sedem et locum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 9, 19:
eo in rostris sedente suasit Serviliam legem Crassus,
id. Brut. 43, 161:
qui sunt cives in eadem re publica,
id. Rep. 1, 32 fin.:
facillimam in ea re publica esse concordiam, in qua idem conducat omnibus,
id. ib.:
T. Labienus ex loco superiore, quae res in nostris castris gererentur, conspicatus,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26, 4:
quod si in scaena, id est in contione verum valet, etc.,
Cic. Lael. 26, 97:
in foro palam Syracusis,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81:
plures in eo loco sine vulnere quam in proelio aut fuga intereunt,
Caes. B. C. 2, 35:
tulit de caede, quae in Appia via facta esset,
Cic. Mil. 6, 15:
in via fornicata,
Liv. 22, 36:
vigebat in illa domo mos patrius et disciplina,
Cic. de Sen. 11, 37:
in domo furtum factum ab eo qui domi fuit,
Quint. 5, 10, 16:
nupta in domo,
Liv. 6, 34, 9:
copias in castris continent,
in, within, Caes. B. C. 1, 66:
cum in angusto quodam pulpito stans diceret,
Quint. 11, 3, 130:
se ac suos in vehiculo conspici,
Liv. 5, 40, 10:
malo in illa tua sedecula sedere, quam in istorum sella curuli,
Cic. Att. 4, 10:
sedere in solio,
id. Fin. 2, 21, 66:
Albae constiterant, in urbe opportuna,
id. Phil. 4, 2, 6. —
Sometimes, also, with names of places: omnes se ultro sectari in Epheso memorat mulieres,
Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 182:
heri aliquot adolescentuli coiimus in Piraeo,
Ter. Eun. 3, 4, 1:
navis et in Cajeta est parata nobis et Brundisii,
Cic. Att. 8, 3, 6:
complures (naves) in Hispali faciendas curavit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 18:
caesos in Marathone ac Salamine,
Quint. 12, 10, 24:
in Berenice urbe Troglodytarum,
Plin. 2, 73, 75, § 183.—
2.
In indicating a multitude or number, of, in, or among which a person or thing is, in, among (= gen. part.):
in his poeta hic nomen profitetur suum,
Ter. Eun. prol. 3:
Thales, qui sapientissimus in septem fuit,
Cic. Leg. 2, 11, 26:
peto ut eum complectare, diligas, in tuis habeas,
id. Fam. 13, 78, 2; cf.:
in perditis et desperatis,
id. ib. 13, 56, 1:
omnia quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt habenda in bonis,
id. de Sen. 19, 71:
dolor in maximis malis ducitur,
id. Leg. 1, 11, 31:
justissimus unus in Teucris,
Verg. A. 2, 426:
cecidere in pugna ad duo milia... in his quatuor Romani centuriones,
Liv. 27, 12, 16:
in diis et feminae sunt,
Lact. 1, 16, 17.—
3.
Of analogous relations of place or position:
sedere in equo,
on horseback, id. Verr. 2, 5, 10:
quid legati in equis,
id. Pis. 25, 60:
sedere in leone,
Plin. 35, 10, 36, § 109:
in eo flumine pons erat,
on, over, Caes. B. G. 2, 5:
in herboso Apidano,
on the banks of, Prop. 1, 3, 6:
in digitis,
on tiptoe, Val. Fl. 4, 267:
castra in limite locat,
on the rampart, Tac. A. 1, 50:
ipse coronam habebat unam in capite, alteram in collo,
on, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27:
oleae in arbore,
Cels. 2, 24:
Caesaris in barbaris erat nomen obscurius,
among, Caes. B. C. 1, 61:
in ceteris nationibus, Cels. praef. 1: qui in Brutiis praeerat,
Liv. 25, 16, 7:
in juvenibus,
Quint. 11, 1, 32:
nutus in mutis pro sermone est,
id. 11, 3, 66.—Of dress, like cum, q. v.:
in veste candida,
Liv. 45, 20, 5; 34, 7, 3:
in calceis,
id. 24, 38, 2:
in insignibus,
id. 5, 41, 2:
in tunicis albis,
Plin. Ep. 7, 27, 13:
in Persico et vulgari habitu,
Curt. 3, 3, 4:
in lugubri veste,
id. 10, 5, 17:
in Tyriis,
Ov. A. A. 2, 297:
in Cois,
id. ib. v. 298; cf.:
homines in catenis Romam mittere,
Liv. 29, 21, 12; 32, 1, 8: quis multa te in rosa urget, etc., Hor C. 1, 5, 1; so, in viola aut in rosa, Cic. Tusc. [p. 912] 5, 26, 73.—So of arms:
duas legiones in armis,
Caes. B. G. 7, 11, 6; cf. Verg. A. 3, 395:
in armis hostis,
under arms, Ov. M. 12,65:
quae in ore atque in oculis provinciae gesta sunt (= coram),
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; so,
in oculis provinciae,
id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 2:
in oculis omnium,
id. ib. 1, 3, 7:
divitiae, decus, gloria in oculis sita sunt,
Sall. C. 20, 14; Curt. 4, 13, 1; Liv. 22, 12, 6:
Julianus in ore ejus (Vitellii) jugulatur,
Tac. H. 3, 77; Sen. Ben. 7, 19, 7.—Of a passage in any writing (but when the author is named, by meton., for his works, apud is used, Krebs, Antibarb. p. 561):
in populorum institutis aut legibus,
Cic. Leg. 1, 15, 42:
in illis libris qui sunt de natura deorum,
id. Fat. 1, 1:
in Timaeo dicit,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 30:
epistula, in qua omnia perscripta erant,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2:
perscribit in litteris, hostes ab se discessisse,
Caes. B. G. 5, 49; but in is also used with an author's name when, not a place in his book, but a feature of his style, etc., is referred to:
in Thucydide orbem modo orationis desidero,
Cic. Or. 71, 234:
in Herodoto omnia leniter fluunt,
Quint. 9, 4, 18.—Of books:
libri oratorii diu in manibus fuerunt,
Cic. Att. 4, 13, 2; id. Lael. 25, 96; but more freq. trop.: in manibus habere, tenere, etc., to be engaged, occupied with, to have under control or within reach:
philosophi quamcunque rem habent in manibus,
id. Tusc. 5, 7, 18:
quam spem nunc habeat in manibus, exponam,
id. Verr. 1, 6, 16:
rem habere in manibus,
id. Att. 6, 3, 1; cf.:
neque mihi in manu fuit Jugurtha qualis foret,
in my power, Sall. J. 14, 4:
postquam nihil esse in manu sua respondebatur,
Liv. 32, 24, 2:
quod ipsorum in manu sit,... bellum an pacem malint,
Tac. A. 2, 46; but, cum tantum belli in manibus esset, was in hand, busied (cf.:
inter manus),
Liv. 4, 57, 1; so,
quorum epistulas in manu teneo,
Cic. Phil. 12, 4, 9; cf. id. Att. 2, 2, 2:
in manu poculum tenens,
id. Tusc. 1, 29, 71:
coronati et lauream in manu tenentes,
Liv. 40, 37, 3; Suet. Claud. 15 fin. —Of that which is thought of as existing in the mind, memory, character, etc.:
in animo esse,
Cic. Fam. 14, 11:
in animo habere,
id. Rosc. Am. 18, 52:
lex est ratio insita in natura,
id. Leg. 1, 6, 18:
in memoria sedere,
id. de Or. 2, 28, 122; cf.:
tacito mutos volvunt in pectore questus,
Luc. 1, 247:
quanta auctoritas fuit in C. Metello!
Cic. de Sen. 17, 61. —So freq. of a person's qualities of mind or character:
erat in eo summa eloquentia, summa fides,
Cic. Mur. 28, 58; cf.:
in omni animante est summum aliquid atque optimum, ut in equis,
id. Fin. 4, 41, 37:
si quid artis in medicis est,
Curt. 3, 5, 13; cf.:
nibil esse in morte timendum,
Lucr. 3, 866.— Esp., in eo loco, in that state or condition:
in eo enim loco res sunt nostrae, ut, etc.,
Liv. 7, 35, 7: si vos in eo loco essetis, quid aliud fecissetis? Cat. ap. Quint. 9, 2, 21; so,
quo in loco, etc.: cum ex equitum et calonum fuga, quo in loco res essent, cognovissent,
Caes. B. G. 2, 26:
videtis, quo in loco res haec siet, Ter Phorm. 2, 4, 6: quod ipse, si in eodem loco esset, facturus fuerit,
Liv. 37, 14, 5.—Hence, without loco, in eo esse ut, etc., to be in such a condition, etc.:
non in eo esse Carthaginiensium res, ut Galliam armis obtineant,
Liv. 30, 19, 3:
cum res non in eo esset, ut Cyprum tentaret,
id. 33, 41, 9; 8, 27, 3; 2, 17, 5; Nep. Mil. 7, 3; id. Paus. 5, 1 (cf. I. C. 1. infra).—
B.
In time, indicating its duration, in, during, in the course of:
feci ego istaec itidem in adulescentia,
in my youth, when I was young, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 6:
in tempore hoc,
Ter. And. 4, 5, 24:
in hoc tempore,
Tac. A. 13, 47:
in tali tempore,
Sall. C. 48, 5; Liv. 22, 35; 24, 28 al.:
in diebus paucis,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 77:
in brevi spatio,
id. Heaut. 5, 2, 2; Suet. Vesp. 4:
in qua aetate,
Cic. Brut. 43 fin.:
in ea aetate,
Liv. 1, 57:
in omni aetate,
Cic. de Sen. 3, 9:
in aetate, qua jam Alexander orbem terrarum subegisset,
Suet. Caes. 7:
qua (sc. Iphigenia) nihil erat in eo quidem anno natum pulchrius,
in the course of, during the year, Cic. Off. 3, 25, 95 (al. eo quidem anno):
nihil in vita se simile fecisse,
id. Verr. 2, 3, 91: nihil in vita vidit calamitatis A. Cluentius. id. Clu. 6, 18:
in tota vita inconstans,
id. Tusc. 4, 13, 29.—
b.
In tempore, at the right or proper time, in time (Cic. uses only tempore; v. tempus): eccum ipsum video in tempore huc se recipere, Ter. Phorm. 2, 4, 24:
ni pedites equitesque in tempore subvenissent,
Liv. 33, 5:
spreta in tempore gloria interdum cumulatior redit,
id. 2, 47:
rebellaturi,
Tac. A. 12, 50:
atque adeo in ipso tempore eccum ipsum obviam,
Ter. And. 3, 2, 52: in tempore, opportune. Nos sine praepositione dicimus tempore et tempori, Don. ad Ter. And. 4, 4, 19.—
c.
In praesentia and in praesenti, at present, now, at this moment, under these circumstances:
sic enim mihi in praesentia occurrit,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 8, 14:
vestrae quidem cenae non solum in praesentia, sed etiam postero die jucundae sunt,
id. ib. 5, 35, 100:
id quod unum maxime in praesentia desiderabatur,
Liv. 21, 37:
haec ad te in praesenti scripsi, ut, etc.,
for the present, Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 4.—
d.
With gerunds and fut. pass. participles, to indicate duration of time, in:
fit, ut distrahatur in deliberando animus,
Cic. Off. 1, 3, 9; id. Fam. 2, 6, 2:
vitiosum esse in dividendo partem in genere numerare,
id. Fin. 2, 9, 26:
quod in litteris dandis praeter consuetudinem proxima nocte vigilarat,
id. Cat. 3, 3, 6:
ne in quaerendis suis pugnandi tempus dimitteret,
Caes. B. G. 2, 21:
in agris vastandis incendiisque faciendis hostibus,
in laying waste, id. ib. 5, 19:
in excidenda Numantia,
Cic. Off. 1, 22, 76:
cum in immolanda Iphigenia tristis Calchas esset,
id. Or. 21, 74.—
C.
In other relations, where a person or thing is thought of as in a certain condition, situation, or relation, in:
qui magno in aere alieno majores etiam possessiones habent,
Cic. Cat. 2, 8, 18:
se in insperatis repentinisque pecuniis jactare,
id. Cat. 2, 9, 20:
Larinum in summo timore omnium cum armatis advolavit,
id. Clu. 8, 25.—
So freq., of qualities or states of mind: summa in sollicitudine ac timore Parthici belli,
Caes. B. C. 3, 31:
torpescentne dextrae in amentia illa?
Liv. 23, 9, 7:
hunc diem perpetuum in laetitia degere,
Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 5; Cic. Cat. 4, 1, 2:
in metu,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in voluptate,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 62:
alicui in amore esse,
beloved, id. Verr. 2, 4, 1, § 3:
alicui in amoribus esse,
id. Att. 6, 1, 12:
res in invidia erat,
Sall. J. 25, 5; Liv. 29, 37, 17: sum in expectatione omnium rerum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 4, 10:
num... Diogenem Stoicum coegit in suis studiis obmutescere senectus?
in his studies, Cic. de Sen. 7, 21:
mirificam cepi voluptatem ex tua diligentia: quod in summis tuis occupationibus mihi tamen rei publicae statum per te notum esse voluisti,
even in, notwithstanding your great occupations, id. Fam. 3, 11, 4.—
So freq., of business, employment, occupations, etc.: in aliqua re versari,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 47, § 105:
similia iis, quae in consilio dixerat,
Curt. 5, 5, 23:
in certamine armorum atque in omni palaestra quid satis recte cavetur,
Quint. 9, 4, 8:
agi in judiciis,
id. 11, 1, 78:
tum vos mihi essetis in consilio,
Cic. Rep. 3, 18, 28:
in actione... dicere,
Quint. 8, 2, 2.—Of an office, magistracy:
in quo tum magistratu forte Brutus erat,
Liv. 1, 59, 7; 4, 17, 1:
in eo magistratu pari diligentia se praebuit,
Nep. Han. 7, 5 (cf. B. 1. supra):
in ea ipsa causa fuit eloquentissimus,
Cic. Brut, 43, 160:
qui non defendit nec obsistit, si potest, injuriae, tam est in vitio, quam, etc.,
is in the wrong, acts wrongly, id. Off. 1, 7, 23:
etsi hoc quidem est in vitio, dissolutionem naturae tam valde perhorrescere,
is wrong, id. Fin. 5, 11, 31:
non sunt in eo genere tantae commoditates corporis,
id. ib. 4, 12, 29; cf.:
an omnino nulla sit in eo genere distinctio,
id. Or. 61, 205:
Drusus erat de praevaricatione absolutus in summa quatuor sententiis,
on the whole, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 16; cf.:
et in omni summa, ut mones, valde me ad otium pacemque converto,
id. ib. 3, 5, 5;
but, in summa, sic maxime judex credit, etc.,
in a word, in fine, Quint. 9, 2, 72; Auct. B. Alex. 71; Just. 37, 1, 8:
horum (juvenum) inductio in parte simulacrum decurrentis exercitus erat: ex parte elegantioris exercitii quam militaris artis,
in part, Liv. 44, 9, 5; cf.:
quod mihi in parte verum videtur,
Quint. 2, 8, 6:
patronorum in parte expeditior, in parte difficilior interrogatio est,
id. 5, 7, 22:
hoc facere in eo homine consueverunt,
in the case of, Caes. B. G. 7, 21:
in furibus aerarii,
Sall. C. 52, 12:
Achilles talis in hoste fuit,
Verg. A. 2, 540:
in hoc homine saepe a me quaeris, etc.,
in the case of, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 3, § 6: in nominibus impiis, Sall. C. 51, 15:
suspectus et in morte matris fuit,
Suet. Vit. 14:
qui praesentes metuunt, in absentia hostes erunt, = absentes,
Curt. 6, 3, 8 (cf. I. B. c. supra).—Of the meaning of words, etc.:
non solum in eodem sensu, sed etiam in diverso, eadem verba contra,
Quint. 9, 3, 36:
aliter voces aut eaedem in diversa significatione ponuntur,
id. 9, 3, 69:
Sallustius in significatione ista non superesse sed superare dicit,
Gell. 1, 22, 15:
stips non dicitur in significatione trunci,
Charis. 1, 18, 39:
semper in significatione ea hortus,
Plin. 19, 4, 19, § 50. —
2.
In with abl. of adjj. is used with the verbs esse and habere to express quality:
cum exitus haud in facili essent, i. e. haud faciles,
Liv. 3, 8, 9:
adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis in difficili est,
id. 3, 8, 11; 3, 65, 11; but mostly with adjj. of the first and second declension:
in obscuro esse, Liv. praef. § 3: in dubio esse,
id. 2, 3, 1; 3, 19, 8; Ov. H. 19, 174:
dum in dubiost animus,
Ter. And. 1, 5, 31; 2, 2, 10:
in integro esse,
Cic. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 11, 15, 4:
in incerto esse,
Liv. 5, 28, 5:
in obvio esse,
id. 37, 23, 1:
in tuto esse,
id. 38, 4, 10; cf.:
videre te in tuto,
Cat. 30, 6:
in aequo esse,
Liv. 39, 37, 14; Tac. A. 2, 44:
in expedito esse,
Curt. 4, 2, 22:
in proximo esse,
Quint. 1, 3, 4:
in aperto esse,
Sall. C. 5, 3:
in promisco esse,
Liv. 7, 17, 7:
in augusto esse,
Cels. 5, 27, 2:
in incerto haberi,
Sall. J. 46, 8; Tac. A. 15, 17:
in levi habitum,
id. H. 2, 21; cf.:
in incerto relinquere,
Liv. 5, 28, 5; Tac. H. 2, 83.
II.
With acc.
A.
In space, with verbs of motion, into or to a place or thing (rarely with names of towns and small islands;
v. Zumpt, Gram. § 398): influxit non tenuis quidam e Graecia rivulus in hanc urbem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 19:
in Ephesum advenit,
Plaut. Mil. 2, 1, 35:
in Epirum venire,
Cic. Att. 13, 25, 3:
ibo in Piraeeum, visamque, ecquae advenerit in portum ex Epheso navis mercatoria,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 2: venio ad Piraeea, in quo magis reprehendendus sum, quod... Piraeea scripserim, non Piraeeum, quam in quod addiderim;
non enim hoc ut oppido praeposui, sed ut loco,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 10:
se contulisse Tarquinios, in urbem Etruriae florentissimam,
id. Rep. 2, 19:
remigrare in domum veterem e nova,
id. Ac. 1, 4, 13:
cum in sua rura venerunt,
id. Tusc. 5, 35, 102:
a te ipso missi in ultimas gentes,
id. Fam. 15, 9:
in Ubios legatos mittere,
Caes. B. G. 4, 11:
dein Thalam pervenit, in oppidum magnum et opulentum,
Sall. J. 75, 1:
Regillum antiquam in patriam se contulerat,
Liv. 3, 58, 1:
abire in exercitum,
Plaut. Am. prol. 102.— With nuntio:
cum id Zmyrnam in contionem nuntiatum est,
Tac. A. 4, 56:
nuntiatur in castra,
Lact. Most. Pers. 46; cf.:
allatis in castra nuntiis,
Tac. H. 4, 32: in manus sumere, tradere, etc., into one's hands:
iste unumquodque vas in manus sumere,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 27, § 63:
Falerios se in manus Romanis tradidisse,
Liv. 5, 27, 3.—Rarely with the verbs ponere, collocare, etc. (pregn., i. e. to bring into... and place there):
in crimen populo ponere,
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 10:
ut liberos, uxores suaque omnia in silvas deponerent,
Caes. B. G. 4, 19:
duplam pecuniam in thesauros reponi,
Liv. 29, 19, 7:
prius me collocavi in arborem,
Plaut. Aul. 4, 8, 6:
sororem et propinquas suas nuptum in alias civitates collocasse,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18.— Motion in any direction, up to, to, into, down to:
in caelum ascendere,
Cic. Lael. 23 fin.:
filium ipse paene in umeros suos extulisset,
id. de Or. 1, 53, 228:
tamquam in aram confugitis ad deum,
up to the altar, id. Tusc. 3, 10, 25:
Saturno tenebrosa in Tartara misso,
Ov. M. 1, 113:
in flumen deicere,
Cic. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Nep. Chab. 4, 3.—
2.
Denoting mere direction towards a place or thing, and hence sometimes joined with versus, towards:
quid nunc supina sursum in caelum conspicis,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 78:
si in latus aut dextrum aut sinistrum, ut ipsi in usu est, cubat,
Cels. 2, 3:
Belgae spectant in septentriones et orientem solem,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1:
in orientem Germaniae, in occidentem Hispaniae obtenditur, Gallis in meridiem etiam inspicitur,
Tac. Agr. 10:
in laevum prona nixus sedet Inachus urna,
Stat. Th. 2, 218.—With versus:
castra ex Biturigibus movet in Arvernos versus,
towards, Caes. B. G. 7, 8 fin.:
in Galliam versus movere,
Sall. C. 56, 4: in [p. 913] ltaliam versus, Front. Strat. 1, 4, 11:
si in urbem versus venturi erant,
Plin. Ep. 10, 82. —
3.
So of that which is thought of as entering into the mind, memory, etc. (cf. I. A. 2. fin.):
in memoriam reducere,
Cic. Inv 1, 52, 98:
in animum inducere,
Liv. 27, 9:
in mentem venire,
Cic. Fam. 7, 3:
frequens imitatio transit in mores,
Quint. 1, 11, 3. —
Or into a writing or speech: in illam Metellinam orationem addidi quaedam,
Cic. Att. 1, 13, 5.—
B.
In time, into, till, for:
dormiet in lucem,
into the daylight, till broad day, Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 34:
statim e somno, quem plerumque in diem extrahunt, lavantur,
Tac. G. 22: sermonem in multam noctem produximus, deep into the night, Cic. Rep. Fragm. ap. Arus. Mess. p. 239 Lindem.:
in multam noctem luxit,
Suet. Tib. 74:
si febris in noctem augetur,
Cels. 7, 27:
dixit in noctem atque etiam nocte illatis lucernis,
Plin. Ep. 4, 9, 14:
indutias in triginta annos impetraverunt,
for thirty years, Liv. 9, 37, 12; 7, 20, 8:
nisi id verbum in omne tempus perdidissem,
forever, Cic. Fam. 5, 15, 1:
ad cenam hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem,
for the following day, id. Off. 3, 14, 58:
audistis auctionem constitutam in mensem Januarium,
id. Agr. 1, 2, 4:
subito reliquit annum suum seque in annum proximum transtulit,
id. Mil. 9, 24:
solis defectiones itemque lunae praedicuntur in multos annos,
for many years, id. Div. 2, 6, 17:
postero die Romani ab sole orto in multum diei stetere in acie,
Liv. 27, 2:
qui ab matutino tempore duraverunt in occasum,
Plin. 2, 31, 31, § 99:
seritur (semen lini) a Kalendis Octobribus in ortum aquilae,
Col. 2, 10, 17.—With usque:
neque illi didicerunt haec usque in senectutem,
Quint. 12, 11, 20:
in illum usque diem servati,
id. 8, 3, 68:
in serum usque patente cubiculo,
Suet. Oth. 11:
regnum trahat usque in tempora fati,
Sil. 11, 392: in posterum (posteritatem) or in futurum, in future, for the future: in praesens, for the present: in perpetuum or in aeternum, forever:
sancit in posterum, ne quis, etc.,
Cic. Cat. 4, 5, 10:
res dilata est in posterum,
id. Fam. 10, 12, 3:
video quanta tempestas invidiae nobis, si minus in praesens, at in posteritatem impendeat,
id. Cat. 1, 9, 22:
id aegre et in praesentia hi passi et in futurum etiam metum ceperunt,
Liv. 34, 27, 10; cf.:
ingenti omnium et in praesens laetitia et in futurum spe,
id. 30, 17, 1:
effugis in futurum,
Tac. H. 1, 71:
quod eum tibi quaestoris in loco constitueras, idcirco tibi amicum in perpetuum fore putasti?
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 30; cf.:
oppidum omni periculo in perpetuum liberavit,
id. Fam. 13, 4, 2:
quae (leges) non in tempus aliquod, sed perpetuae utilitatis causa in aeternum latae sunt,
Liv. 34, 6, 4: in tempus, for a while, for a short time, for the occasion (postAug.):
sensit miles in tempus conficta,
Tac. A. 1, 37:
ne urbs sine imperio esset, in tempus deligebatur, qui jus redderet,
id. ib. 6, 11:
scaena in tempus structa,
id. ib. 14, 20. —So in diem, for the day, to meet the day's want:
nihil ex raptis in diem commeatibus superabat,
Liv. 22, 40, 8:
rapto in diem frumento,
id. 4, 10, 1;
but, cum illa fundum emisset in diem,
i. e. a fixed day of payment, Nep. Att. 9, 5: in singulos dies, or simply in dies, with comparatives and verbs denoting increase, from day to day, daily:
vitium in dies crescit,
Vell. 2, 5, 2:
in dies singulos breviores litteras ad te mitto,
Cic. Att. 5, 7:
qui senescat in dies,
Liv. 22, 39, 15: in diem, daily:
nos in diem vivimus,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 33:
in diem et horam,
Hor. S. 2, 6, 47;
and in horas,
hourly, id. C. 2, 13, 14; id. S. 2, 7, 10.—
C.
In other relations, in which an aiming at, an inclining or striving towards a thing, is conceivable, on, about, respecting; towards, against; for, as; in, to; into:
id, quod apud Platonem est in philosophos dictum,
about the philosophers, Cic. Off. 1, 9, 28:
Callimachi epigramma in Ambraciotam Cleombrotum est,
id. Tusc. 1, 34, 84; cf.:
cum cenaret Simonides apud Scopam cecinissetque id car men, quod in eum scripsisset, etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 86, 352:
quo amore tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejus modi patriam,
towards, id. ib. 1, 44, 196:
in liberos nostros indulgentia,
id. ib. 2, 40, 168:
de suis meritis in rem publicam aggressus est dicere,
id. Or. 38, 133: ita ad impietatem in deos, in homines adjunxit injuriam, against, id. N. D. 3, 34 fin.:
in dominum quaeri,
to be examined as a witness against, id. Mil. 22, 60:
in eos impetum facere,
id. Att. 2, 22, 1:
invehi in Thebanos,
Nep. Epam. 6, 1; id. Tim. 5, 3:
quaecumque est hominis definitio, una in omnes valet,
id. Leg. 1, 10, 29:
num etiam in deos immortales inauspicatam legem valuisse?
Liv. 7, 6, 11:
vereor coram in os te laudare amplius,
to your face, Ter. Ad. 2, 4, 5:
si in me exerciturus (pugnos), quaeso, in parietem ut primum domes,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 168:
in puppim rediere rates,
Luc. 3, 545 Burm. (cf.:
sic equi dicuntur in frena redire, pulsi in terga recedere, Sulp. ad loc.): Cumis eam vidi: venerat enim in funus: cui funeri ego quoque operam dedi,
to the funeral, to take charge of the funeral, Cic. Att. 15, 1, B:
se quisque eum optabat, quem fortuna in id certamen legeret,
Liv. 21, 42, 2:
quodsi in nullius mercedem negotia eant, pauciora fore,
Tac. A. 11, 6:
haec civitas mulieri redimiculum praebeat, haec in collum, haec in crines,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 33:
Rhegium quondam in praesidium missa legio,
Liv. 28, 28; so,
datae in praesidium cohortes,
Tac. H. 4, 35: hoc idem significat Graecus ille in eam sententiam versus, to this effect or purport, Cic. Div. 2, 10, 25; cf. id. Fam. 9, 15, 4:
haec et in eam sententiam cum multa dixisset,
id. Att. 2, 22:
qui omnia sic exaequaverunt, ut in utramque partem ita paria redderent, uti nulla selectione uterentur,
id. Fin. 3, 4, 12:
in utramque partem disputat,
on both sides, for and against, id. Off. 3, 23, 89: te rogo, me tibi in omnes partes defendendum putes, Vatin. ap. Cic. Fam. 5, 10 fin.:
facillime et in optimam partem cognoscuntur adulescentes, qui se ad claros et sapientes viros contulerunt,
id. Off. 2, 13, 46:
cives Romani servilem in modum cruciati et necati,
in the manner of slaves, Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 13; cf.:
miserandum in modum milites populi Romani capti, necati sunt,
id. Prov. Cons. 3, 5:
senior quidam Veiens vaticinantis in modum cecinit,
Liv. 5, 15, 4;
also: domus et villae in urbium modum aedificatae,
Sall. C. 12, 3:
perinde ac si in hanc formulam omnia judicia legitima sint,
Cic. Rosc. Com. 5, 15:
judicium quin acciperet in ea ipsa verba quae Naevius edebat, non recusasse,
id. Quint. 20, 63; cf.:
senatusconsultum in haec verba factum,
Liv. 30, 43, 9:
pax data Philippo in has leges est,
id. 33, 30:
Gallia omnis divisa est in partes tres,
Caes. B. G. 1, 1; cf.:
quae quidem in confirmationem et reprehensionem dividuntur,
Cic. Part. Or. 9, 33: describebat censores binos in singulas civitates, i. e. for or over each state, id. Verr. 2, 2, 53; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 26:
itaque Titurium Tolosae quaternos denarios in singulas vini amphoras portorii nomine exegisse,
id. Font. 5, 9:
extulit eum plebs sextantibus collatis in capita,
a head, for each person, Liv. 2, 33 fin.:
Macedonibus treceni nummi in capita statutum est pretium,
id. 32, 17, 2; cf.:
Thracia in Rhoemetalcen filium... inque liberos Cotyis dividitur (i. e. inter),
Tac. A. 2, 67.—
2.
Of the object or end in view, regarded also as the motive of action or effect:
non te in me illiberalem, sed me in se neglegentem putabit,
Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 16:
neglegentior in patrem,
Just. 32, 3, 1:
in quem omnes intenderat curas,
Curt. 3, 1, 21:
quos ardere in proelia vidi,
Verg. A. 2, 347:
in bellum ardentes,
Manil. 4, 220:
nutante in fugam exercitu,
Flor. 3, 10, 4:
in hanc tam opimam mercedem agite ( = ut eam vobis paretis, Weissenb. ad loc.),
Liv. 21, 43, 7:
certa praemia, in quorum spem pugnarent,
id. 21, 45, 4:
in id sors dejecta,
id. 21, 42, 2:
in id fide accepta,
id. 28, 17, 9:
in spem pacis solutis animis,
id. 6, 11, 5 et saep.:
ingrata misero vita ducenda est in hoc, ut, etc.,
Hor. Epod. 17, 63:
nec in hoc adhibetur, ut, etc.,
Sen. Ep. 16, 3:
alius non in hoc, ut offenderet, facit, id. de Ira, 2, 26, 3: in quod tum missi?
Just. 38, 3, 4.—So, like ad, with words expressing affections or inclination of the mind:
in obsequium plus aequo pronus,
Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 10:
paratus in res novas,
Tac. H. 4, 32:
in utrumque paratus,
Verg. A. 2, 61.—
3.
Of the result of an act or effort:
denique in familiae luctum atque in privignorum funus nupsit,
Cic. Clu. 66, 188:
paratusque miles, ut ordo agminis in aciem adsisteret,
Tac. A. 2, 16: excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis in antrum, Verg. A. 6, 42:
portus ab Euroo fluctu curvatus in arcum,
id. ib. 3, 533:
populum in obsequia principum formavit,
Just. 3, 2, 9:
omnium partium decus in mercedem conruptum erat,
Sall. H. 1, 13 Dietsch:
commutari ex veris in falsa,
Cic. Fat. 9, 17; 9, 18:
in sollicitudinem versa fiducia est,
Curt. 3, 8, 20.—
4.
Esp. in the phrase: in gratiam or in honorem, alicujus, in kindness, to show favor, out of good feeling, to show honor, etc., to any one (first in Liv.; cf. Weissenb. ad Liv. 28, 21, 4;
Krebs, Antibarb. p. 562): in gratiam levium sociorum injuriam facere,
Liv. 39, 26, 12:
pugnaturi in gratiam ducis,
id. 28, 21, 4:
quorum in gratiam Saguntum deleverat Hannibal,
id. 28, 39, 13; cf. id. 35, 2, 6; 26, 6, 16:
oratio habita in sexus honorem,
Quint. 1, 1, 6:
convivium in honorem victoriae,
id. 11, 2, 12:
in honorem Quadratillae,
Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 7:
in honorem tuum,
Sen. Ep. 20, 7; 79, 2; 92, 1; Vell. 2, 41 al.—
5.
In the phrase, in rem esse, to be useful, to avail (cf.: e re esse;
opp.: contra rem esse): ut aequom est, quod in rem esse utrique arbitremur,
Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 10:
si in rem est Bacchidis,
Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 27; 2, 2, 7:
hortatur, imperat, quae in rem sunt,
Liv. 26, 44, 7:
cetera, quae cognosse in rem erat,
id. 22, 3, 2; 44, 19, 3:
in rem fore credens universos adpellare,
Sall. C. 20, 1; cf.:
in duas res magnas id usui fore,
Liv. 37, 15, 7:
in hos usus,
Verg. A. 4, 647.—
6.
To form adverbial expressions:
non nominatim, qui Capuae, sed in universum qui usquam coissent, etc.,
in general, Liv. 9, 26, 8; cf.:
terra etsi aliquanto specie differt, in universum tamen aut silvis horrida aut paludibus foeda,
Tac. G. 5:
in universum aestimanti, etc.,
id. ib. 6:
aestate in totum, si fieri potest, abstinendum est (Venere),
wholly, entirely, Cels. 1, 3 fin.; cf. Col. 2, 1, 2:
in plenum dici potest, etc.,
fully, Plin. 16, 40, 79, § 217:
Marii virtutem in majus celebrare,
beyond due bounds, Sall. J. 73, 5:
aliter se corpus habere atque consuevit, neque in pejus tantum, sed etiam in melius,
for the worse, for the better, Cels. 2, 2:
in deterius,
Tac. A. 14, 43:
in mollius,
id. ib. 14, 39:
quid enim est iracundia in supervacuum tumultuante frigidius? Sen. de Ira, 2, 11: civitas saepta muris neque in barbarum corrupta (v. barbarus),
Tac. A. 6, 42; cf.:
aucto in barbarum cognomento,
id. H. 5, 2:
priusquam id sors cerneret, in incertum, ne quid gratia momenti faceret, in utramque provinciam decerni,
while the matter was uncertain, Liv. 43, 12, 2:
nec puer Iliaca quisquam de gente Latinos In tantum spe tollet avos,
so much, Verg. A. 6, 876:
in tantum suam felicitatem virtutemque enituisse,
Liv. 22, 27, 4; cf.:
quaedam (aquae) fervent in tantum, ut non possint esse usui,
Sen. Q. N. 3, 24:
viri in tantum boni, in quantum humana simplicitas intellegi potest,
Vell. 2, 43, 4:
quippe pedum digitos, in quantum quaeque secuta est, Traxit,
Ov. M. 11, 71:
meliore in omnia ingenio animoque quam fortuna usus,
in all respects, Vell. 2, 13:
ut simul in omnia paremur,
Quint. 11, 3, 25:
in antecessum dare,
beforehand, Sen. Ep. 118.—
7.
Sometimes with esse, habere, etc., in is followed by the acc. (constr. pregn.), to indicate a direction, aim, purpose, etc. (but v. Madvig. Gram. § 230, obs. 2, note, who regards these accusatives as originating in errors of pronunciation); so, esse in potestatem alicujus, to come into and remain in one ' s power: esse in mentem alicui, to come into and be in one ' s mind: esse in conspectum, to appear to and be in sight: esse in usum, to come into use, be used, etc.:
quod, qui illam partem urbis tenerent, in eorum potestatem portum futurum intellegebant,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38:
ut portus in potestatem Locrensium esset,
Liv. 24, 1, 13; 2, 14, 4:
eam optimam rem publicam esse duco, quae sit in potestatem optimorum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 17:
neque enim sunt motus in nostram potestatem,
Quint. 6, 2, 29:
numero mihi in mentem fuit,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 25; cf.:
ecquid in mentem est tibi?
id. Bacch. 1, 2, 53:
nec prius surrexisse ac militibus in conspectum fuisse, quam, etc.,
Suet. Aug. 16:
quod satis in usum fuit, sublato, ceterum omne incensum est,
Liv. 22, 20, 6: ab hospitibus clientibusque suis, ab exteris nationibus, quae in amicitiam populi Romani dicionemque essent, injurias propulsare, Cic. Div. ap. Caecil. 20, 66: adesse in senatum [p. 914] jussit a. d. XIII. Kal. Octobr., id. Phil. 5, 7, 19.—Less freq. with habere: facito in memoriam habeas tuam majorem filiam mihi te despondisse, call or bring to mind, Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 108:
M. Minucium magistrum equitum, ne quid rei bellicae gereret, prope in custodiam habitum,
put in prison, kept in prison, Liv. 22, 25, 6:
reliquos in custodiam habitos,
Tac. H. 1, 87.—So rarely with other verbs:
pollicetur se provinciam Galliam retenturum in senatus populique Romani potestatem,
Cic. Phil. 3, 4, 8. —
III.
In composition, n regularly becomes assimilated to a foll. l, m, or r, and is changed before the labials into m: illabor, immitto, irrumpo, imbibo, impello.—As to its meaning, according as it is connected with a verb of rest or motion, it conveys the idea of existence in a place or thing, or of motion, direction, or inclination into or to a place or thing: inesse; inhibere, inferre, impellere, etc. See Hand, Turs. III. pp. 243- 356.
2.
in (before b and p, im; before l, m, and r, the n assimilates itself to these consonants), an inseparable particle [kindred with Sanscr. a-, an-; Gr. a-, an; Goth. and Germ. un-], which negatives the meaning of the noun or participle with which it is connected; Engl. un-, in-, not: impar, unequal: intolerabilis, unbearable, intolerable: immitis, not mild, rude, etc.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > in

112 פני

פני, פָּנָה(b. h.) 1) to turn (ones face). Yoma 17b, a. e. שאתה פוֹנֶה, v. פִּינָּה. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42b sq. (ref. to Lev. 19:4) אל תִּפְנֶה לעובדן do not turn thy face to them to worship them; אל תפנה לראותן ממש it is meant literally, do not turn thy face to look at them; Sifra Kdosh. beg. אל תפנה לראותם וַדַּיי. Ib. תחלתם אלילים הם אם פּוֹנֶה את אחריהןוכ׳ at first they are ‘nothings, but if thou turnest after them, thou wilt make them (thy) gods; Yalk. Lev. 604. Ib.; Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. l. c.) אל תִּפְנוּ אֶל מדעתכם turn not to the creation of your fancy (Rashi; anoth. interpret., v. infra); a. v. fr. 2) to turn around, go away. Lam. R. to I, 1 כיון ששתה ופ׳ לילך (מעשה) רבתי when he had drunk and turned to go away. Gen. R. s. 68 יצא משם פ׳ זיוה פ׳ הדרה when he (the righteous) goes away from a place, its splendor is gone, its glory is gone; Ruth R. to I, 7. Sifra Kdosh., ch. VIII, Par. 4, a. e. (ref. to ונתתי את פני, Lev. 20:6; cmp. פְּנַאי) פּוֹנֶה אני מכלוכ׳, v. עֵסֶק. Midr. Prov. to 16:11 לִפְנוֹת היום when the day was going away (towards evening); a. v. fr. 3) (act. verb) to turn, pervert. Cant. R. to VII, 9 (play on אח̇ש̇ד̇רפ̇נ̇יא, Dan. 3:2) אלו ארכונות שהן נש̇ח̇ד̇ין ופ̇וני̇ן דיןוכ׳ (not נחשדין) those are the officers that are bribed and turn justice in any direction; ib. שמה̇ד̇ר̇ין פ̇נ̇ים ופ̇ונ̇ין דין who respect persons and pervert justice; a. fr. 4) to turn aside, go out, (euphem.) to ease ones self. Y.Sot.I, 16d אם יִפְנֶה אחר מהן לצורכו if one of them goes out for a human need. Toh. X, 2 ופוֹנִים (Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, Nif.). 5) to vacate (v. infra); to free, release. Pesik. R. s. 42 הספינה … ולא תטריח עליה לִפְנוֹתָהּ (not הטריח) thy friends ship has been seized (for public service), and wilt thou not take pains to release it? ועכשיו של אחרים הוא פוֹנֶה ושלו אינה נפנית and now he releases other mens ships, and shall not his be released.?Part. pass. פָּנוּי; f. פְּנוּיָה vacant, empty, free. Ber.43a אין בית הבליעה פ׳ his œsophagus is not free (which makes speaking dangerous). Y.Kil.III, beg.28c אי אפשר … נקב אחד פ׳וכ׳ it is not possible that there should not be one cavity free for planting ; Y.Sabb.IX, 11d bot. אפשר … פניי (corr. acc.). Num. R. s. 14 והיה הבית פ׳ and the house was empty (none at home); a. fr.V. פָּנוּי. Pi. פִּינָּה 1) to empty, remove, transfer. Sabb.III, 5 המיחם שפִּינָּהוּוכ׳ in the kettle which one has emptied (or: which one has removed from the oven) ; ib. 41a המיחם שפ׳ ממנו מיםוכ׳ in the kettle out of which one has removed the hot water. Ib. XVIII, 1 מְפַנִּיןאפי׳וכ׳ you may clear away (on the Sabbath) even four or five piles … to make room for guests. Y.Gitt.VIII, 49d top אם … איש מְפַנֶּה if the court belongs to the wife, the husband (after divorce) must vacate it, ושל איש אשה מְפַנָּה and if it belongs to the husband, the wife must vacate it; מי מפנה מפני מי which of them must vacate it for the other? Taan.21a בקשו תלמידיו לפַנּוֹת אתוכ׳ his disciples wanted to move his bed first and then his furniture; פַּנּוּ את הכליםוכ׳ move the furniture first. Ab. III, 4 מפנה לבו לבטלה empties his heart (of serious thoughts to make room) for frivolous subjects. Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. 19:4, v. supra) אל תְּפַנוּ אֵל מדעתכם do not remove God from your minds (to make room for idols). B. Kam.81b מְפַנֵּיהוּ לשדהוכ׳ he must remove the corpse to Y.Maasr.II, 49d רוצה אדם לפנות עסקיווכ׳ (ed. Krot. רוצה הוא אדם לפנע; ed. Zyt. לפלה, corr. acc.) a man is anxious to dispose of his goods in the first place he strikes ; a. fr. 2) to free, acquit. Tanḥ. Vayikra 6 פ׳ לקרתני ולבן פלטריןוכ׳ he acquitted the commoner, but convicted the courtier. Ib. לקרתני פּנִּיתִיוכ׳ I acquitted the commoner, because he knows not the royal customs; a. fr. Nif. נִפְנֶה 1) to turn. Midr. Till. to Ps. 18:5 נִפְנֵיתִי לכאןוכ׳ I turned in all directions, and there is no redeemer but thee; Yalk. Sam. 157; a. e. 2) to be removed, to die. Gen. R. s. 98 שהיה נ׳ מן העולם who was going to die. Tosef.Par.III (II), 8 נ׳ בני my son is dead (v. infra); a. e. 3) to be free, at leisure. Ib. לכשאֶפָּנֶה לך when I shall have leisure for thee, i. e. I shall take revenge on thee, when opportunity offers; אמר לו כשתִּפָּנֶה said he to him, when thou shalt be at leisure (or when thou shalt be dead, v. supra); ib. (Vers. of R. S. to Par. III, 8) לא נ׳ בני שהעריב שמשו my son has found no leisure (to take revenge), for his sun has set (he is dead). Ab. II, 4 אל תאמר לכשאפנה אשנה שמא לא תפנה say not, when I shall be at leisure, I will study; may be thou wilt never find leisure; a. fr. 4) to ease ones self. Sabb.82a הנצרך לִפָּנוֹת ואינו נפנה (Alf. להִפָּנוֹת) he who feels the want of easing himself, and is not relieved; ib. הנצרך ליפנות ואינו יכול ליפנות. Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, v. supra; a. fr. 5) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Hif. הִפְנָה to vacate.Part. pass. מוּפְנֶה a) free, disengaged, single. Yeb.III, 5 שלשה אחין … ואחד מ׳ three brothera two of whom were married to two sisters, and one is free (unmarried or married to one who is a stranger to his brothers wives); Y. ib. III, 4d top; a. e.b) (dialectical exegesis) free for interpretation, unnecessary for the plain sense or context. Nidd.22b וייצר מ׳ משני צדדין מ׳ … ומ׳ גבי בהמה vayitser is free for interpretation on both sides, it is free with regard to man (Gen. 2:7, because mans creation is mentioned in ויברא, ib. 1:27), and free with regard to beasts (ib. 2:19, their creation being stated in ויעש, ib. 1:25). Ib. כל גזירה שוה שאינה מוּפְנָה כל עיקרוכ׳ analogous words which are not entirely free (in both texts) cannot be made the basis for interpretation as gzerah shavah (v. גְּזֵרָה). Ib. מ׳ מצד אחד free in one of the texts; Sabb.64a; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְפַּנָּה 1) to be vacated, cleared, removed. Y.Naz.IX, 57d bot. כל הקברות מִתְפַּנִּיןוכ׳ all graves may be vacated (transferred), except ; Treat. Smaḥ. ch. XIV. 2) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c. כדי הוא (ש) תִּיתְפּנֶּה he deserves it to have his ship released (ed. Prag כדי הוא שיִתְפַּנֶּה he deserves to be released).

Jewish literature > פני

113 פנה

פני, פָּנָה(b. h.) 1) to turn (ones face). Yoma 17b, a. e. שאתה פוֹנֶה, v. פִּינָּה. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42b sq. (ref. to Lev. 19:4) אל תִּפְנֶה לעובדן do not turn thy face to them to worship them; אל תפנה לראותן ממש it is meant literally, do not turn thy face to look at them; Sifra Kdosh. beg. אל תפנה לראותם וַדַּיי. Ib. תחלתם אלילים הם אם פּוֹנֶה את אחריהןוכ׳ at first they are ‘nothings, but if thou turnest after them, thou wilt make them (thy) gods; Yalk. Lev. 604. Ib.; Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. l. c.) אל תִּפְנוּ אֶל מדעתכם turn not to the creation of your fancy (Rashi; anoth. interpret., v. infra); a. v. fr. 2) to turn around, go away. Lam. R. to I, 1 כיון ששתה ופ׳ לילך (מעשה) רבתי when he had drunk and turned to go away. Gen. R. s. 68 יצא משם פ׳ זיוה פ׳ הדרה when he (the righteous) goes away from a place, its splendor is gone, its glory is gone; Ruth R. to I, 7. Sifra Kdosh., ch. VIII, Par. 4, a. e. (ref. to ונתתי את פני, Lev. 20:6; cmp. פְּנַאי) פּוֹנֶה אני מכלוכ׳, v. עֵסֶק. Midr. Prov. to 16:11 לִפְנוֹת היום when the day was going away (towards evening); a. v. fr. 3) (act. verb) to turn, pervert. Cant. R. to VII, 9 (play on אח̇ש̇ד̇רפ̇נ̇יא, Dan. 3:2) אלו ארכונות שהן נש̇ח̇ד̇ין ופ̇וני̇ן דיןוכ׳ (not נחשדין) those are the officers that are bribed and turn justice in any direction; ib. שמה̇ד̇ר̇ין פ̇נ̇ים ופ̇ונ̇ין דין who respect persons and pervert justice; a. fr. 4) to turn aside, go out, (euphem.) to ease ones self. Y.Sot.I, 16d אם יִפְנֶה אחר מהן לצורכו if one of them goes out for a human need. Toh. X, 2 ופוֹנִים (Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, Nif.). 5) to vacate (v. infra); to free, release. Pesik. R. s. 42 הספינה … ולא תטריח עליה לִפְנוֹתָהּ (not הטריח) thy friends ship has been seized (for public service), and wilt thou not take pains to release it? ועכשיו של אחרים הוא פוֹנֶה ושלו אינה נפנית and now he releases other mens ships, and shall not his be released.?Part. pass. פָּנוּי; f. פְּנוּיָה vacant, empty, free. Ber.43a אין בית הבליעה פ׳ his œsophagus is not free (which makes speaking dangerous). Y.Kil.III, beg.28c אי אפשר … נקב אחד פ׳וכ׳ it is not possible that there should not be one cavity free for planting ; Y.Sabb.IX, 11d bot. אפשר … פניי (corr. acc.). Num. R. s. 14 והיה הבית פ׳ and the house was empty (none at home); a. fr.V. פָּנוּי. Pi. פִּינָּה 1) to empty, remove, transfer. Sabb.III, 5 המיחם שפִּינָּהוּוכ׳ in the kettle which one has emptied (or: which one has removed from the oven) ; ib. 41a המיחם שפ׳ ממנו מיםוכ׳ in the kettle out of which one has removed the hot water. Ib. XVIII, 1 מְפַנִּיןאפי׳וכ׳ you may clear away (on the Sabbath) even four or five piles … to make room for guests. Y.Gitt.VIII, 49d top אם … איש מְפַנֶּה if the court belongs to the wife, the husband (after divorce) must vacate it, ושל איש אשה מְפַנָּה and if it belongs to the husband, the wife must vacate it; מי מפנה מפני מי which of them must vacate it for the other? Taan.21a בקשו תלמידיו לפַנּוֹת אתוכ׳ his disciples wanted to move his bed first and then his furniture; פַּנּוּ את הכליםוכ׳ move the furniture first. Ab. III, 4 מפנה לבו לבטלה empties his heart (of serious thoughts to make room) for frivolous subjects. Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. 19:4, v. supra) אל תְּפַנוּ אֵל מדעתכם do not remove God from your minds (to make room for idols). B. Kam.81b מְפַנֵּיהוּ לשדהוכ׳ he must remove the corpse to Y.Maasr.II, 49d רוצה אדם לפנות עסקיווכ׳ (ed. Krot. רוצה הוא אדם לפנע; ed. Zyt. לפלה, corr. acc.) a man is anxious to dispose of his goods in the first place he strikes ; a. fr. 2) to free, acquit. Tanḥ. Vayikra 6 פ׳ לקרתני ולבן פלטריןוכ׳ he acquitted the commoner, but convicted the courtier. Ib. לקרתני פּנִּיתִיוכ׳ I acquitted the commoner, because he knows not the royal customs; a. fr. Nif. נִפְנֶה 1) to turn. Midr. Till. to Ps. 18:5 נִפְנֵיתִי לכאןוכ׳ I turned in all directions, and there is no redeemer but thee; Yalk. Sam. 157; a. e. 2) to be removed, to die. Gen. R. s. 98 שהיה נ׳ מן העולם who was going to die. Tosef.Par.III (II), 8 נ׳ בני my son is dead (v. infra); a. e. 3) to be free, at leisure. Ib. לכשאֶפָּנֶה לך when I shall have leisure for thee, i. e. I shall take revenge on thee, when opportunity offers; אמר לו כשתִּפָּנֶה said he to him, when thou shalt be at leisure (or when thou shalt be dead, v. supra); ib. (Vers. of R. S. to Par. III, 8) לא נ׳ בני שהעריב שמשו my son has found no leisure (to take revenge), for his sun has set (he is dead). Ab. II, 4 אל תאמר לכשאפנה אשנה שמא לא תפנה say not, when I shall be at leisure, I will study; may be thou wilt never find leisure; a. fr. 4) to ease ones self. Sabb.82a הנצרך לִפָּנוֹת ואינו נפנה (Alf. להִפָּנוֹת) he who feels the want of easing himself, and is not relieved; ib. הנצרך ליפנות ואינו יכול ליפנות. Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, v. supra; a. fr. 5) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Hif. הִפְנָה to vacate.Part. pass. מוּפְנֶה a) free, disengaged, single. Yeb.III, 5 שלשה אחין … ואחד מ׳ three brothera two of whom were married to two sisters, and one is free (unmarried or married to one who is a stranger to his brothers wives); Y. ib. III, 4d top; a. e.b) (dialectical exegesis) free for interpretation, unnecessary for the plain sense or context. Nidd.22b וייצר מ׳ משני צדדין מ׳ … ומ׳ גבי בהמה vayitser is free for interpretation on both sides, it is free with regard to man (Gen. 2:7, because mans creation is mentioned in ויברא, ib. 1:27), and free with regard to beasts (ib. 2:19, their creation being stated in ויעש, ib. 1:25). Ib. כל גזירה שוה שאינה מוּפְנָה כל עיקרוכ׳ analogous words which are not entirely free (in both texts) cannot be made the basis for interpretation as gzerah shavah (v. גְּזֵרָה). Ib. מ׳ מצד אחד free in one of the texts; Sabb.64a; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְפַּנָּה 1) to be vacated, cleared, removed. Y.Naz.IX, 57d bot. כל הקברות מִתְפַּנִּיןוכ׳ all graves may be vacated (transferred), except ; Treat. Smaḥ. ch. XIV. 2) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c. כדי הוא (ש) תִּיתְפּנֶּה he deserves it to have his ship released (ed. Prag כדי הוא שיִתְפַּנֶּה he deserves to be released).

Jewish literature > פנה

114 פָּנָה

פני, פָּנָה(b. h.) 1) to turn (ones face). Yoma 17b, a. e. שאתה פוֹנֶה, v. פִּינָּה. Y.Ab. Zar. III, 42b sq. (ref. to Lev. 19:4) אל תִּפְנֶה לעובדן do not turn thy face to them to worship them; אל תפנה לראותן ממש it is meant literally, do not turn thy face to look at them; Sifra Kdosh. beg. אל תפנה לראותם וַדַּיי. Ib. תחלתם אלילים הם אם פּוֹנֶה את אחריהןוכ׳ at first they are ‘nothings, but if thou turnest after them, thou wilt make them (thy) gods; Yalk. Lev. 604. Ib.; Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. l. c.) אל תִּפְנוּ אֶל מדעתכם turn not to the creation of your fancy (Rashi; anoth. interpret., v. infra); a. v. fr. 2) to turn around, go away. Lam. R. to I, 1 כיון ששתה ופ׳ לילך (מעשה) רבתי when he had drunk and turned to go away. Gen. R. s. 68 יצא משם פ׳ זיוה פ׳ הדרה when he (the righteous) goes away from a place, its splendor is gone, its glory is gone; Ruth R. to I, 7. Sifra Kdosh., ch. VIII, Par. 4, a. e. (ref. to ונתתי את פני, Lev. 20:6; cmp. פְּנַאי) פּוֹנֶה אני מכלוכ׳, v. עֵסֶק. Midr. Prov. to 16:11 לִפְנוֹת היום when the day was going away (towards evening); a. v. fr. 3) (act. verb) to turn, pervert. Cant. R. to VII, 9 (play on אח̇ש̇ד̇רפ̇נ̇יא, Dan. 3:2) אלו ארכונות שהן נש̇ח̇ד̇ין ופ̇וני̇ן דיןוכ׳ (not נחשדין) those are the officers that are bribed and turn justice in any direction; ib. שמה̇ד̇ר̇ין פ̇נ̇ים ופ̇ונ̇ין דין who respect persons and pervert justice; a. fr. 4) to turn aside, go out, (euphem.) to ease ones self. Y.Sot.I, 16d אם יִפְנֶה אחר מהן לצורכו if one of them goes out for a human need. Toh. X, 2 ופוֹנִים (Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, Nif.). 5) to vacate (v. infra); to free, release. Pesik. R. s. 42 הספינה … ולא תטריח עליה לִפְנוֹתָהּ (not הטריח) thy friends ship has been seized (for public service), and wilt thou not take pains to release it? ועכשיו של אחרים הוא פוֹנֶה ושלו אינה נפנית and now he releases other mens ships, and shall not his be released.?Part. pass. פָּנוּי; f. פְּנוּיָה vacant, empty, free. Ber.43a אין בית הבליעה פ׳ his œsophagus is not free (which makes speaking dangerous). Y.Kil.III, beg.28c אי אפשר … נקב אחד פ׳וכ׳ it is not possible that there should not be one cavity free for planting ; Y.Sabb.IX, 11d bot. אפשר … פניי (corr. acc.). Num. R. s. 14 והיה הבית פ׳ and the house was empty (none at home); a. fr.V. פָּנוּי. Pi. פִּינָּה 1) to empty, remove, transfer. Sabb.III, 5 המיחם שפִּינָּהוּוכ׳ in the kettle which one has emptied (or: which one has removed from the oven) ; ib. 41a המיחם שפ׳ ממנו מיםוכ׳ in the kettle out of which one has removed the hot water. Ib. XVIII, 1 מְפַנִּיןאפי׳וכ׳ you may clear away (on the Sabbath) even four or five piles … to make room for guests. Y.Gitt.VIII, 49d top אם … איש מְפַנֶּה if the court belongs to the wife, the husband (after divorce) must vacate it, ושל איש אשה מְפַנָּה and if it belongs to the husband, the wife must vacate it; מי מפנה מפני מי which of them must vacate it for the other? Taan.21a בקשו תלמידיו לפַנּוֹת אתוכ׳ his disciples wanted to move his bed first and then his furniture; פַּנּוּ את הכליםוכ׳ move the furniture first. Ab. III, 4 מפנה לבו לבטלה empties his heart (of serious thoughts to make room) for frivolous subjects. Sabb.149a (ref. to Lev. 19:4, v. supra) אל תְּפַנוּ אֵל מדעתכם do not remove God from your minds (to make room for idols). B. Kam.81b מְפַנֵּיהוּ לשדהוכ׳ he must remove the corpse to Y.Maasr.II, 49d רוצה אדם לפנות עסקיווכ׳ (ed. Krot. רוצה הוא אדם לפנע; ed. Zyt. לפלה, corr. acc.) a man is anxious to dispose of his goods in the first place he strikes ; a. fr. 2) to free, acquit. Tanḥ. Vayikra 6 פ׳ לקרתני ולבן פלטריןוכ׳ he acquitted the commoner, but convicted the courtier. Ib. לקרתני פּנִּיתִיוכ׳ I acquitted the commoner, because he knows not the royal customs; a. fr. Nif. נִפְנֶה 1) to turn. Midr. Till. to Ps. 18:5 נִפְנֵיתִי לכאןוכ׳ I turned in all directions, and there is no redeemer but thee; Yalk. Sam. 157; a. e. 2) to be removed, to die. Gen. R. s. 98 שהיה נ׳ מן העולם who was going to die. Tosef.Par.III (II), 8 נ׳ בני my son is dead (v. infra); a. e. 3) to be free, at leisure. Ib. לכשאֶפָּנֶה לך when I shall have leisure for thee, i. e. I shall take revenge on thee, when opportunity offers; אמר לו כשתִּפָּנֶה said he to him, when thou shalt be at leisure (or when thou shalt be dead, v. supra); ib. (Vers. of R. S. to Par. III, 8) לא נ׳ בני שהעריב שמשו my son has found no leisure (to take revenge), for his sun has set (he is dead). Ab. II, 4 אל תאמר לכשאפנה אשנה שמא לא תפנה say not, when I shall be at leisure, I will study; may be thou wilt never find leisure; a. fr. 4) to ease ones self. Sabb.82a הנצרך לִפָּנוֹת ואינו נפנה (Alf. להִפָּנוֹת) he who feels the want of easing himself, and is not relieved; ib. הנצרך ליפנות ואינו יכול ליפנות. Ber.62a ונִפְנִין, v. supra; a. fr. 5) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c., v. supra. Hif. הִפְנָה to vacate.Part. pass. מוּפְנֶה a) free, disengaged, single. Yeb.III, 5 שלשה אחין … ואחד מ׳ three brothera two of whom were married to two sisters, and one is free (unmarried or married to one who is a stranger to his brothers wives); Y. ib. III, 4d top; a. e.b) (dialectical exegesis) free for interpretation, unnecessary for the plain sense or context. Nidd.22b וייצר מ׳ משני צדדין מ׳ … ומ׳ גבי בהמה vayitser is free for interpretation on both sides, it is free with regard to man (Gen. 2:7, because mans creation is mentioned in ויברא, ib. 1:27), and free with regard to beasts (ib. 2:19, their creation being stated in ויעש, ib. 1:25). Ib. כל גזירה שוה שאינה מוּפְנָה כל עיקרוכ׳ analogous words which are not entirely free (in both texts) cannot be made the basis for interpretation as gzerah shavah (v. גְּזֵרָה). Ib. מ׳ מצד אחד free in one of the texts; Sabb.64a; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְפַּנָּה 1) to be vacated, cleared, removed. Y.Naz.IX, 57d bot. כל הקברות מִתְפַּנִּיןוכ׳ all graves may be vacated (transferred), except ; Treat. Smaḥ. ch. XIV. 2) to be released. Pesik. R. l. c. כדי הוא (ש) תִּיתְפּנֶּה he deserves it to have his ship released (ed. Prag כדי הוא שיִתְפַּנֶּה he deserves to be released).

Jewish literature > פָּנָה

115 aes

aes, aeris (often used in plur. nom. and acc.; abl. aeribus, Cato ap. Paul. ex Fest. p. 27 Müll., and Lucr. 2, 636; gen. AERVM, Inscr. Orell. 3551), n. [cf. Germ. Eisen = iron, Erz = copper; Goth. aiz = copper, gold; Angl.Sax. ar, ær = ore, copper, brass; Eng. iron, ore; Lat. aurum; with the com. notion of brightness; cf. aurora, etc.].
I.
Any crude metal dug out of the earth, except gold and silver; esp.,
a.
Aes Cyprium, whence cuprum, copper: scoria aeris, copper dross or scoria, Plin. 34, 11, 24, § 107:
aeris flos,
flowers of copper, id. 34, 11, 24, § 107:
squama aeris,
scales of copper, Cels. 2, 12 init.:
aes fundere,
Plin. 33, 5, 30, § 94:
conflare et temperare,
id. 7, 56, 57, § 197:
India neque aes neque plumbum habet,
id. 34, 17, 48, § 163:
aurum et argentum et aes,
Vulg. Ex. 25, 3.—
b.
An alloy, for the most part of copper and tin, bronze (brass, an alloy of copper and zinc, was hardly known to the ancients. For their bronze coins the Greeks adhered to copper and tin till B.C. 400, after which they added lead. Silver is rare in Greek bronze coins. The Romans admitted lead into their bronze coins, but gradually reduced the quantity, and, under Calig., Nero, Vesp., and Domit., issued pure copper coins, and then reverted to the mixture of lead. In the bronze mirrors now existing, which are nearly all Etruscan, silver predominated to give a highly reflecting surface. The antique bronze had about 87 parts of copper to 13 of tin. An analysis of several objects has given the following centesimal parts: statua ex aere, Cic. Phil. 9, 6:
simulacrum ex aere factum,
Plin. 34, 4, 9, § 15:
valvas ex aere factitavere,
id. 34, 3, 7, § 13.—Hence:
ducere aliquem ex aere,
to cast one's image in bronze, id. 7, 37, 38, § 125; and in the same sense poet.:
ducere aera,
Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 240:
aes Corinthium,
Plin. 34, 2, 3, §§ 5-8; v. Corinthius.—
II.
Meton.
A.
(Esp. in the poets.) For everything made or prepared from copper, bronze, etc. ( statues, tables of laws, money), and (as the ancients had the art of hardening and tempering copper and bronze) weapons, armor, utensils of husbandry: aes sonit, franguntur hastae, the trumpet sounds, Enn. ap. Non. 504, 32 (Trag. v. 213 Vahl.):
Et prior aeris erat quam ferri cognitus usus: Aere solum terrae tractabant, aereque belli Miscebant fluctus et vulnera vasta serebant, etc.,
Lucr. 5, 1287:
quae ille in aes incidit, in quo populi jussa perpetuasque leges esse voluit,
Cic. Phil. 1, 17; cf. id. Fam. 12, 1; Tac. A. 11, 14; 12, 53; id. H. 4, 40: aere ( with the trumpet, horn) ciere viros, Verg. A. 6, 165:
non tuba directi, non aeris cornua flexi,
Ov. M. 1, 98 (hence also rectum aes, the tuba, in contr. with the crooked buccina, Juv. 2, 118); a brazen prow, Verg. A. 1, 35; the brazen age, Hor. Epod. 16, 64.—In plur.: aera, Cato ap. Paul. ex Fest. p. 27 Müll.; Verg. A. 2, 734; Hor. C. 4, 8, 2 al.—
B.
Money: the first Roman money consisted of small rude masses of copper, called aes rude, Plin. 33, 3, 13, § 43; afterwards as coined:
aes signatum,
Cic. Leg. 3, 3; Plin. 33, 3, 13, § 43;
so aes alone: si aes habent, dant mercem,
Plaut. As. 1, 3, 49:
ancilla aere suo empta,
Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 26: aes circumforaneum. borrowed from the brokers in the forum, Cic. Att. 2, 1: Hic meret aera liber Sosiis, earns them money, Hor. A. P. [p. 61] 345:
gravis aere dextra,
Verg. E. 1, 36:
effusum est aes tuum,
Vulg. Ez. 16, 36:
neque in zona aes (tollerent),
ib. Maarc. 6, 8:
etiam aureos nummos aes dicimus,
Dig. 50, 16, 159.—Hence,
1.
Aes alienum, lit. the money of another; hence, in reference to him who has it, the sum owed, a debt, Plaut. Curc. 3, 1, 2:
habere aes alienum,
Cic. Fam. 5, 6:
aes alienum amicorum suscipere,
to take upon one's self, id. Off. 2, 16:
contrahere,
to run up, id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:
facere,
id. Att. 13, 46:
conflare,
Sall. C. 14, 2; 24, 3:
in aes alienum incidere,
to fall into debt, Cic. Cat. 2, 9:
in aere alieno esse,
to be in debt, id. Verr. 2, 2, 4, § 6; so,
aere alieno oppressum esse,
id. Font. 1; so Vulg. 1 Reg. 22, 2:
laborare ex aere alieno,
Caes. B. C. 3, 22:
liberare se aere alieno,
to get quit of, Cic. Att. 6, 2; so,
aes alienum dissolvere,
id. Sull. 56:
aere alieno exire,
to get out of, id. Phil. 11, 6.—
2.
In aere meo est, trop., he is, as it were, among my effects, he is my friend (only in the language of common conversation):
in animo habui te in aere meo esse propter Lamiae nostri conjunctionem,
Cic. Fam. 13, 62; 15, 14.—
* 3.
Alicujus aeris esse, to be of some value, Gell. 18, 5.—
* 4.
In aere suo censeri, to be esteemed according to its own worth, Sen. Ep. 87.—
C.
Sometimes = as, the unit of the standard of money (cf. as); hence, aes grave, the old heary money (as weighed, not counted out):
denis milibus aeris gravis reos condemnavit,
Liv. 5, 12:
indicibus dena milia aeris gravis, quae tum divitiae habebantur, data,
id. 4, 60; so, aes alone and in the gen. sing., instead of assium:
aeris miliens, triciens,
a hundred millions, three millions, Cic. Rep. 3, 10:
qui milibus aeris quinquaginta census fuisset,
Liv. 24, 11.—Also for coins that are smaller than an as (quadrans, triens, etc.):
nec pueri credunt, nisi qui nondum aere, i. e. quadrante, lavantur (those who bathed paid each a quadrans),
Juv. 2, 152 (cf.:
dum tu quadrante lavatum Rex ibis,
Hor. S. 1, 3, 137).—
D.
Wages, pay.
1.
A soldier's pay = stipendium:
negabant danda esse aera militibus,
Liv. 5, 4. And soon after: annua aera habes: annuam operam ede.— Hence in plur., = stipendia, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33.—
2.
Reward, payment, in gen., Juv. 6, 125: nullum in bonis numero, quod ad aes exit, that has in view or aims at pay, reward, Sen. Ep. 88.—
E.
In plur.: aera, counters; hence also the items of a computed sum (for which, later, a sing. form aera, ae (q. v.), came into use): si aera singula probāsti, summam, quae ex his confecta sit, non probare? Cic. ap. Non. 3, 18.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aes

116 moltus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > moltus

117 multi

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multi

118 multus

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > multus

119 plurimum

multus (old form moltus), a, um; comp. plus; sup. plurimus (v. at the end of this art.), adj. [etym. dub.], much, great, many, of things corporeal and incorporeal.
I.
Posit.
A.
In gen.: multi mortales, Cato ap. Gell. 10, 3, 17: multi suam rem [p. 1173] bene gessere: multi qui, etc., Enn. ap. Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1 (Trag. v. 295 sq. Vahl.):
multi fortissimi viri,
Cic. Fam. 5, 17, 3:
rationes,
id. de Or. 1, 51, 222. tam multis verbis scribere, at such length, id. Fam. 3, 8, 1:
beneficia. Cato ap. Fest. s. v. ratissima, p. 286 Mull.: multi alii,
Ter. And. 5, 4, 28.—When used with another adjective it is usually connected with it by a conjunction:
multae et magnae contentiones,
many great conlests, Cic. Phil. 2, 3, 7; 3, 10, 26:
O multas et graves offensiones,
id. Att. 11, 7, 3:
multi et graves dolores,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 45, § 119:
multi et varii timores,
Liv. 3, 16, 3:
multae bonaeque artes animi,
Sall. J. 28, 5:
multa et clara facinora,
Tac. A. 12, 31.—But when the second adjective is used substantively the conjunction is omitted:
multi improbi,
Cic. Off. 2, 8, 28; 2, 19, 65:
multi boni, docti, prudentes,
id. Fl. 4, 8:
multi nobiles,
id. Planc. 20, 50:
multa acerba habuit ille annus,
id. Sest. 27, 58; 66, 139:
multa infanda,
Liv. 28, 12, 5:
multa falsa,
id. 35, 23, 2.—Also, when the second adjective forms with its substantive a single conception:
multa secunda proelia,
victories, Liv. 9, 42, 5; 35, 1, 3; 41, 17, 1:
multa libera capita,
freemen, id. 42, 41, 11:
multae liberae civitates,
republics, Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 30, § 68:
multos fortes viros,
id. Cat. 3, 2, 7; id. Mur. 8, 17:
multi clari viri,
noblemen, id. Leg. 1, 5, 17:
multi primarii viri,
id. Verr. 2, 2, 61, § 149.—Similarly, et is omitted between multi and adjectives which form with their substantives familiar phrases:
multi clarissimi viri,
Cic. Phil. 11, 10, 24:
multi amplissimi viri,
id. Fin. 2, 17, 55; id. Deiot. 14, 39; id. Fam. 10, 25, 2; id. Att. 10, 8, 7; 16, 16, 11; id. Verr. 1, 7, 19:
multi honestissimi homines,
id. Fam. 15, 15, 3:
multi peritissimi homines,
id. Caecin. 24, 69:
multi summi homines,
id. Arch. 12, 30; id. Har. Resp. 26, 56:
multi clarissimi et sapientissimi viri,
id. Planc. 4, 11; id. Cael. 18, 43.—Et is also omitted when the substantive stands between the two adjectives:
in veteribus patronis multis,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 1, 2:
multa praeterea bella gravia,
id. Agr. 2, 33, 90:
multis suppliciis justis,
id. Cat. 1, 8, 20:
multa majores nostri magna et gravia bella gesserunt,
id. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6:
plurima signa pulcherrima,
id. Verr. 2, 1, 23, § 61.—When both adjectives follow the substantive, et is sometimes inserted:
virtutes animi multae et magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64:
causas ille multas et graves habuit,
id. Clu. 30, 82;
and is sometimes omitted, the emphasis then falling on the second adjective: utebatur hominibus improbis, multis,
id. Cael. 5, 12:
prodigia multa, foeda,
Liv. 40, 29, 1.—With a partitive gen.:
multi hominum,
Plin. 16, 25, 40, § 96:
multae silvestrium arborum,
id. 16, 31, 56, § 128.—In neutr. plur.: multa, orum, many things, much:
nimium multa,
Cic. Fam. 4, 14, 3:
nimis multa,
id. Fin. 2, 18, 57:
insulae non ita multae,
not so many, not so very many, Plin. 5, 7, 7, § 41:
parum multa scire,
too few, Auct. Her. 1, 1, 1: bene multi, a good many, Asin. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 33, 4:
quam minime multa vestigia servitutis,
as few as possible, Nep. Tim. 3, 3:
minime multi remiges,
exceedingly few, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 34, § 88:
in multas pecunias alienissimorum hominum invasit,
id. Phil. 2, 16, 41; id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 48:
multae pecuniae variis ex causis a privatis detinentur,
Plin. Ep. 10, 17, 3.—Sometimes multi stands for multi alii, many others:
nam certe Pompeio, et a Curionibus patre et filio, et a multis exprobratum est,
Suet. Caes. 50.—The sing. also is used poet. for the plur., many a:
aut trudit acres hinc et hinc multa cane Apros in obstantes plagas,
with many dogs, Hor. Epod. 2, 31:
multa prece prosequi,
id. C. 4, 5, 33:
multa victima,
Verg. E. 1, 34: agna. Ov. F. 4, 772:
avis,
id. Am. 3, 5, 4:
tabella,
Tib. 1, 3, 28; so of persons: multus sua vulnera puppi Affixit moriens, many a one, for multi affixerunt, Luc. 3, 707.—In sing., to denote quantity, much, great, abundant: multum aurum et argentum. Plaut. Rud. 5, 2, 8; 22:
exstructa mensa multa carne rancida,
Cic. Pis. 27, 67:
multo labore quaerere aliquid,
with much labor, great exertion, Cic. Sull. 26, 73:
cura,
Sall. J. 7, 4:
sol,
much sun, Plin. 31, 7, 39, § 81: sermo, much conversalion, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 20, 1: stilus tuus multi sudoris est. Cic. de Or. 1, 60, 257: multo cibo et potione completi, id. Tusc. 5, 35, 100:
multo sanguine ea Poenis victoria stetit,
Liv. 23, 30, 2:
multum sanguinem haurire,
Curt. 4, 14, 17; 8, 14, 32:
multam harenam mare evomit,
id. 4, 6, 8:
arbor,
id. 7, 4, 26:
silva,
id. 8, 10, 14:
multae vestis injectu opprimi,
Tac. A. 6, 50:
multa et lauta supellex,
Cic. Phil. 2, 27, 66:
aurum,
Sall. J. 13, 6; Tac. A. 6, 33; Liv. 26, 11, 9; Curt. 3, 3, 12:
libertas,
Hor. S. 1, 4, 5:
multam salutem dicere alicui,
to greet heartily, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 194:
cum auro et argento multo,
Sall. J. 13, 6.—Of time:
Itaque multum diei processerat,
a great part of the day, Sall. J. 51, 2:
ad multum diem,
till far in the day, Cic. Att. 13, 9, 1:
multo adhuc die,
when much of the day was still remaining, when it was still high day, Tac. H. 2, 44:
multo denique die,
when the day was far spent, Caes. B. G. 1, 22:
multa nocte,
late at night, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 2:
multo mane,
very early, id. Att. 5, 4, 1:
multa opinio, for multorum,
the general opinion, Gell. 3, 16, 1:
velut multa pace,
as in a general peace, as if there were peace everywhere, Tac. H. 4, 35:
multus homo,
one who gives himself up to the lusts of many, Cat. 112, 1.— multi, orum, m., the many, the common mass, the multitude: probis probatus potius, quam multis forem, Att. ap. Non. 519, 9:
video ego te, mulier, more multarum utier,
id. ib. —Esp.: unus e (or de) multis, one of the multitude, a man of no distinction:
tenuis L. Virginius unusque e multis,
Cic. Fin. 2, 20, 62:
unus de multis esse,
id. Off. 1, 30, 109: M. Calidius non fuit orator unus e multis;
potius inter multos prope singularis fuit,
id. Brut. 79, 274:
numerarer in multis,
among the herd of orators, id. ib. 97, 333:
e multis una sit tibi,
no better than others, Ov. R. Am. 682:
multum est,
it is of importance, Verg. G. 2, 272.—In neutr. absol.: ne multa, or ne multis, not to be prolix, in short:
ne multa: perquiritur a coactoribus,
Cic. Clu. 64, 181:
ne multis: Diogenes emitur,
id. ib. 16, 47:
quid multis moror?
Ter. And. 1, 1, 87.—Sometimes multa is used (particularly by the poets) adverbially, much, greatly, very:
multa reluctari,
Verg. G. 4, 301:
gemens,
id. ib. 3, 226; id. A. 5, 869:
deos testatus,
id. ib. 7, 593:
invehi,
Nep. Ep. 6, 1 (cf. nonnulla invehi, id. Tim. 5, 3):
haud multa moratus,
Verg. A. 3, 610.—Rarely in multum:
in multum velociores,
by far, Plin. 10, 36, 52, § 108.—
B.
In partic.
1.
Too much, overmuch, excessive:
supellex modica, non multa,
Nep. Att. 13, 5.—
2.
In speech, much-speaking, diffuse, prolix:
qui in aliquo genere aut inconcinnus aut multus est,
Cic. de Or. 2, 4, 17:
ne in re nota et pervulgata multus et insolens sim,
id. ib. 2, 87, 358:
nolo in stellarum ratione multus vobis videri,
id. N. D. 2, 46, 119.—
3.
Frequent, frequently present:
in operibus, in agmine, atque ad vigilias multus adesse,
Sall. J. 96, 3:
multus in eo proelio Caesar fuit,
was in many places, Flor. 4, 2, 50:
hen hercle hominem multum et odiosum mihi!
troublesome, tedious, Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 41:
instare,
Sall. J. 84, 1.—Hence, adv., in two forms.
A.
multum, much, very much, greatly, very, often, frequently, far, etc. (class.):
salve multum, gnate mi,
Plaut. Trin. 5, 2, 56:
multum vale,
farewell, id. Stich. 3, 2, 40:
hominem ineptum multum et odiosum mihi,
id. Men. 2, 2, 42:
opinor, Cassium uti non ita multum sorore,
not very much, Cic. Fam. 7, 23, 3:
multum mecum municipales homines loquuntur,
often, id. Att. 8, 13, 2:
non multum ille quidem nec saepe dicebat,
id. Brut. 34, 128:
non multum confidere,
not very much, not particularly, Caes. B. G. 3, 25:
sunt in venationibus,
often, frequently, id. ib. 4, 1:
in eodem genere causarum multum erat T. Juventius,
Cic. Brut. 48, 178:
multum fuisse cum aliquo,
to have had much intercourse with, id. Rep. 1, 10, 16:
sum multum equidem cum Phaedro in Epicuri hortis,
id. Fin. 5, 1, 3:
gratia valere,
to be in great favor, Nep. Con. 2, 1:
res multum et saepe quaesita,
Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 33:
longe omnes multumque superabit,
id. Verr. 2, 5, 44, § 115:
multum et diu cogitans,
id. Div. 2, 1, 1:
diu multumque scriptitare,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 152.—With an adj.:
multum loquaces,
very talkative, Plaut. Aul. 2, 1, 5:
mepti labores,
very, Plin. Ep. 1, 9.— Poet. also with comp.:
multum improbiores sunt quam a primo credidi,
much, far, Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 139:
multum robustior illo,
Juv. 19, 197:
majora,
Sil. 13, 708.— So with infra, post:
haud multum infra viam,
Liv. 5, 37, 7; Plin. 98, 7, § 20:
haud multum post mortem ejus,
Tac. A. 5, 3:
ut multum,
at most, Mart. 10, 11, 6; Vop. Aur. 46.—
B.
multō by much, much, a great deal, far, by far (class.).
1.
With comparatives and verbs which imply comparison:
multo tanto carior,
Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 76:
pauciores oratores,
Cic. de Or. 1, 3, 11:
facilius atque expeditius iter,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6.—With verbs:
virtutem omnibus rebus multo anteponentes,
Cic. Fin. 4, 18, 49:
multo ceteros anteibant,
Tac. H. 4, 13:
multo praestat beneficii, quam maleficii immemorem esse,
Sall. J. 31, 28.—With malle:
multo mavolo,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 88; id. Ps. 2, 4, 38:
meo judicio multo stare malo, quam, etc.,
Cic. Att. 12, 21, 1.—
2.
With sup. (rare but class.), by far, by much:
quae tibi mulier videtur multo sapientissuma,
Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 66; id. Am. 2, 2, 150: multo optimus hostis, by far, Lucil. ap. Non. 4, 413:
simulacrum multo antiquissimum,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 49, § 109; 2, 4, 23, § 50; id. Cat. 4, 8, 17:
maxima pars,
id. Imp. Pomp. 18, 54; cf. Hor. S. 2, 3, 82:
multo id bellum maximum fuit,
Liv. 1, 11, 5:
pars multo maxima,
id. 30, 18, 14: multo molestissima, Cic. Div. in. Caecil. 11, 36:
multo gratissima lux,
Hor. S. 1, 5, 39:
foedissimum,
Quint. 9, 4, 72:
optimum,
id. ib. 26:
pulcherrimum,
id. 1, 2, 24:
utilissima,
id. 2, 10, 1:
maxime,
Auct. Her. 4, 44, 58:
multo maxime miserabile,
Sall. C. 36, 4:
multo maxime ingenio validus,
id. J. 6, 1.—
3.
With particles denoting a difference, far, greatly, very:
multo aliter,
Ter. And. prol. 4:
multo aliter ac sperabat,
far otherwise than, Nep. Ham. 2:
quod non multo secus fieret, si,
not far otherwise, not very different, Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 1: multo infra Cyrenaicum. Plin. 19, 3, 15, § 40. —
4.
In specifications of time, before ante and post, long, much:
non multo ante urbem captam,
Cic. Div. 1, 45, 101:
non multo ante,
not long before, Nep. Eum. 3, 3:
multo ante,
Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:
non multo post, quam, etc.,
not long after, id. Att. 12, 49, 9:
haud multo ante solis occasum,
Liv. 5, 39, 2:
multo ante noctem,
id. 27, 42, 13.—
5.
Very rarely with the positive for multum:
maligna multo,
very, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 83 Umpf.—
6.
Doubled, multo multoque, with comparatives:
multo multoque longior,
far, very much, Front. ad M. Caes. 2, 5:
multo multoque operosius est,
Val. Max. 4, 1, 2: multo multoque magis, Front. Laud. Negl. § 3.
II.
Comp.: plūs, pluris; in the plur., plures, plura (in sing. anciently written plous; three times in the S. C. de Bacch. Here perh. belongs, in the plur., pleores and pleoris, for plures, in the Song of the Arval Brothers.—For the class. neuter of the plur., plura, the form pluria was used in ante-class. Latinity. Gellius cites M. Cato, Q. Claudius, Valerius Antias, L. AElius, P. Nigidius, and M. Varro as authorities for this form, Gell. 5, 21, 6; yet Plautus and Terence have only plura; and the earlier reading pluria, in Lucr. 1, 877; 2, 1135; 4, 1085, is now supplanted by the critically certain plura and plurima.—The gen. plur. plurium, however, has remained the predominant form, e. g. Quint. 7, 1, 1; 8, 4, 27; 9, 4, 66 et saep.) [from the root ple; Gr. pleon, pimplêmi; cf. plenus, plera, compleo, etc.; also locu-ples, plebes, populus, etc.], more.
A.
In the sing. (used both substantively and adverbially): LIBRAS FARRIS ENDO DIES DATO. SI VOLET PLVS DATO, Fragm. XII. Tab. in Gell. 20, 1, 45: SI PLVS MINVSVE SECVERVNT, SE FRAVDE ESTO, ib.;
so (perh. in imitation of this legal phrase): ebeu, cur ego plus minusve feci quam aequom fuit!
Plaut. Capt. 5, 3, 18; Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 21:
ne plus minusve loqueretur,
Suet. Aug. 84; cf. Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 27; and in the signif. of circiter, about: septingenti sunt paulo plus aut minus anni... postquam, etc., Enn. ap. Varr. R. R. 3, 1, 2 (Ann. v. 493 Vahl.);
so. non longius abesse plus minus octo milibus,
Hirt. B. G. 8, 20, 1 Oud.; cf.:
speranti plures... venerunt plusve minusve duae,
Mart. 8, 71, 4:
aut ne quid faciam plus, quod post me minus fecisse satius sit,
too much... too little, Ter. Hec. 5, 1, 4:
tantum et plus etiam ipse mihi deberet,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 7:
vos et decem numero, et, quod plus est, Romani estis,
and what is more, Liv. 9, 24, 8:
verbane plus an sententia valere debeat,
Cic. Top. 25, 96: [p. 1174] cf.:
apud me argumenta plus quam testes valent,
id. Rep. 1, 38, 59:
valet enim salus plus quam libido,
id. ib. 1, 40, 63.—
(β).
With a partitive gen.:
vultis pecuniae plus habere,
Cic. Inv. 1, 47, 88; cf.:
nostri casus plus honoris habuerunt quam laboris,
id. Rep. 1, 4, 7; so,
plus virium,
id. Leg. 1, 2, 6:
plus hostium,
Liv. 2, 42:
plus dapis et rixae multo minus invidiaeque,
Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 51:
in hac causa eo plus auctoritatis habent, quia, etc.,
Cic. Rep. 3, 16, 26; cf.:
plus ingenii,
id. ib. 1, 14, 22:
Albano non plus animi erat quam fidei,
as little courage as fidelity, Liv. 1, 27, 5.—
(γ).
With quam (some examples of which have already been given above):
non plus quam semel,
Cic. Off. 3, 15, 61:
confiteor eos... plus quam sicarios esse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
ne plus reddat quam acceperit,
id. Lael. 16, 58 et saep.:
non plus quam in tres partis posse distribui putaverunt,
into not more than, id. Inv. 1, 34, 57:
plus quam decem dies abesse,
id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:
nulla (navis) plus quam triginta remis agatur,
with more than, Liv. 38, 38, 8.—
(δ).
Without quam:
HOMINES PLOVS V. OINVORSEI VIREI ATQVE MVLIERES, S. C. de Bacch. 19 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): plus mille capti,
Liv. 24, 44:
plus milies audivi,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 32: plus semel, Varr. ap. Plin. 14, 14, 17, § 96:
plus quingentos colaphos infregit mihi,
Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 46:
ferre plus dimidiati mensis cibaria,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 16, 37:
non plus mille quingentos aeris,
id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
paulo plus ducentos passus a castris,
Liv. 31, 34:
cum plus annum aeger fuisset,
id. 40, 2:
parte plus dimidia rem auctam,
id. 29, 25.—
(ε).
With a compar. or adverbial abl., or with an abl. of measure:
VIREI PLOVS DVOBVS, S. C. de Bacch. 20 (Wordsw. Fragm. and Spec. p. 173): de paupertate tacentes Plus poscente ferent,
more than the importunate, Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 44:
ex his alius alio plus habet virium,
Cic. Leg. 1, 2, 6: cave putes hoc tempore plus me quemquam cruciari, Balb. ap. Cic. Att. 8, 15, A, 2:
alterum certe non potest, ut plus una vera sit,
Cic. N. D. 1, 2, 5; cf.:
in columba plures videri colores, nec esse plus uno,
id. Ac. 2, 25, 79: HOC PLVS NE FACITO, more than this, Fragm. XII. Tab. ap. Cic. Leg. 2, 23, 59:
annos sexaginta natus es Aut plus eo,
or more than that, Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 11:
plus aequo,
Cic. Lael. 16, 58:
plus paulo,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 1, 8:
paulo plus,
Liv. 31, 34: multo plus, Anton. ap. Cic. Att. 10, 8, A, 1:
plus nimio,
overmuch, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30: quam molestum est uno digito plus habere, too much by a finger, i. e. a finger too much, Cic. N. D. 1, 35, 99:
uno plus Etruscorum cecidisse in acie,
one man more, Liv. 2, 7, 2.—
2.
In the gen. pretii, pluris, of more value, of a higher price, for more, higher, dearer:
ut plus reddant musti et olei, et pretii pluris,
of greater value, Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 4:
ager multo pluris est,
is worth much more, Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; cf.:
quo pluris sint nostra oliveta,
id. Rep. 3, 9, 16:
pluris emere,
dearer, id. Fam. 7, 2, 1; so,
vendere,
id. Off. 3, 12, 51; id. Verr. 2, 3, 19, § 48; Hor. S. 2, 3, 300:
aedificare,
Col. 1, 4, 7:
pluris est oculatus testis quam auriti decem,
of more value, Plaut. Truc. 2, 6, 8:
mea mihi conscientia pluris est, quam omnium sermo,
Cic. Att. 12, 28, 2:
facio pluris omnium hominem neminem,
id. ib. 8, 2, 4:
facere aliquem pluris,
make more of one, esteem him more highly, id. Fam. 3, 4, 2:
pluris habere,
id. Phil. 6, 4, 10:
aestimare,
id. Par. 6, 2, 48:
ducere,
id. Att. 7, 3, 5:
putare,
id. Off. 3, 4, 18 et saep.—
3.
Rarely, instead of the genitive, in the abl. pretii: plure vendunt, Lucil. ap. Charis. 2, p. 189 P.: plure altero tanto, quanto ejus fundus est, velim, Plaut. ib.: plure venit, Cic. ib.—
4.
Plus plusque, more and more: quem mehercule plus plusque in dies diligo. Cic. Att. 6, 2, 10.—
* 5.
Like magis, with an adj.:
plus formosus, for formosior,
Nemes. Ecl. 4, 72.—
B.
In the plur.
1.
Comparatively, more in number:
omnes qui aere alieno premantur, quos plures esse intellego quam putaram,
Cic. Att. 7, 3, 5; id. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
nemini ego plura acerba esse credo ex amore homini umquam oblata quam mihi,
Ter. Hec. 3, 1, 1:
ne plura insignia essent imperii in libero populo quam in regno fuissent,
Cic. Rep. 2, 31, 55:
multo plura,
many more things, Quint. 3, 6, 28.—
2.
In gen., of a great number, many: qui plus fore dicant in pluribus consilii quam in uno. Cic. Rep. 1, 35, 55: cf.: quid quaeso interest inter unum et plures, si justitia est in pluribus? id. ib. 1, 39, 61;
1, 34, 52: non possunt una in civitate multi rem ac fortunas amittere, ut non plures secum in eandem trahant calamitatem,
id. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:
quod pluribus praesentibus eas res jactari nolebat,
Caes. B. G. 1, 18:
plura castella Pompeius tentaverat,
id. B. C. 3, 52:
summus dolor plures dies manere non potest,
Cic. Fin. 2, 28, 93:
pluribus diebus, Quint. prooem. § 7: illic plurium rerum est congeries,
id. 8, 4, 27:
quae consuetudo sit, pluribus verbis docere,
Cic. Clu. 41, 115:
eum pluribus verbis rogat, ut, etc.,
id. Verr. 2, 4, 28, § 64;
without verba: quid ego plura dicam?
id. de Or. 1, 5, 18:
pluribus haec exsecutus sum,
Phaedr. 3, 10, 59;
also elliptically, quid plura? and, ne plura, like quid multa? and ne multa: hic sacra, hic genus, hic majorum multa vestigia. Quid plura? hanc vides villam, etc.,
what need of many words? in short, Cic. Leg. 2, 1, 3:
sed—ne plura—dicendum enim aliquando est—Pomponium Atticum sic amo, ut alterum fratrem,
id. Fam. 13, 1, 5.—
b.
Esp.: plures.
(α).
The mass, the multitude, opp. pauciores, = hoi oligoi, Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 13.—
(β).
Euphemistically, acc. to the Gr. hoi pleiones, the dead:
quin prius Me ad plures penetravi?
Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 14.—
(γ).
The greater number, the majority:
plures nesciebant qua ex causa convenissent,
Vulg. Act. 19, 32.
III.
Sup.: plūrĭmus (archaic form, plisima plurima, Paul. ex Fest. p. 204 and 205 Mull.: PLIOIRVME (I), Epit. of Scipio), a, um [from root ple; whence also plus, q. v., ploirumus for ploisumus; and thence the predominant form plurimus], most, very much, or many (as an adj. in good prose mostly in the plur., except the standing formula of greeting: salutem plurimam dicere alicui; v. infra):
hujus sunt plurima simulacra,
Caes. B. G. 6, 17:
nos plurimis ignotissimi gentibus,
Cic. Rep. 1, 17, 26:
plurimae et maximae partes,
id. ib. 1, 4, 8:
plurimorum seculorum memoria,
id. ib. 3, 9, 14:
haec plurimis a me verbis dicta sunt,
id. ib. 1, 7, 12 et saep.—In sing.:
me plurima praeda onustum,
Plaut. Rud. 4, 2, 4:
sermo,
Quint. 2, 2, 5:
risus,
id. 6, 3, 85:
res,
id. 6, 1, 51:
exercitatio,
id. 8 prooem. §
28: mons,
very large, Verg. A. 1, 419:
cervix,
id. G. 3, 52:
Aetna,
Ov. Ib. 600.—Of a greeting: impertit salutem plurimam, Lucil. ap. Non. 472. 16; and esp. freq.: salutem plurimam dicit (commonly abbrev. S. P. D.) at the beginning of letters; v. salus.— Poet.:
medio cum plurimus orbe Sol erat,
very powerful, oppressive, Ov. M. 14, 53: plurima qua silva est. thickest, id. ib. 14, 361:
coma plurima,
very thick, id. ib. 13, 844:
sed plurima nantis in ore Alcyone conjux,
mostly, chiefly, id. ib. 11, 562.—And collect.:
plurimus in Junonis honorem Aptum dicet equis Argos,
many a one, very many, Hor. C. 1, 7, 8; so,
oleaster plurimus,
Verg. G. 2, 183:
qua plurima mittitur ales,
Mart. 9, 56, 1:
plurima lecta rosa est,
Ov. F. 4, 441.— In neutr. absol. (substant. or adverb.):
ut haberet quam plurimum,
as much as possible, Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39:
caput autem est, quam plurimum scribere,
id. de Or. 1, 33, 150:
ut in quoque oratore plurimum esset,
id. Rep. 1, 27, 123.— Adv.: plūrĭmum:
et is valebat in suffragio plurimum, cujus plurimum intererat, esse in optimo statu civitatem,
Cic. Rep. 2, 22, 40:
auspiciis plurimum obsecutus est Romulus,
id. ib. 2, 9, 16:
si vero populus plurimum potest,
id. ib. 3, 14, 23; cf.:
qui apud me dignitate plurimum possunt,
id. Rosc. Am. 1, 4:
plurimum aliis praestare,
id. Inv. 2, 1, 1:
ut te plurimum diligam,
id. Fam. 1, 7, 1; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 78:
hoc ego utor uno omnium plurimum,
id. Fam. 11, 16, 2:
quantum (al. quanto) plurimum possunt,
Quint. 11, 3, 120: plurimum quantum also signifies very much indeed, exceedingly (post-class.):
plurimum quantum veritati nocuere,
Min. Fel. Oct. 22:
gratulor,
id. ib. 40:
(elleborum) ex aqua datur plurimum drachma,
at the most, Plin. 25, 5, 22, § 54; 9, 36, 60, § 125; 30, 6, 16, § 48; so,
cum plurimum,
id. 2, 17, 15, § 78 (opp. to cum minimum); 18, 7, 10, § 60: nec tam numerosa differentia; tribus ut plurimum bonitatibus distat, for the most part, commonly, usually, = plerumque, Plin. 15, 3, 4, § 18.—
(β).
In neutr. with a partit. gen.: sententiarum et gravitatis plurimum, Cic. Inv. 1, 18, 25:
artis,
Quint. 10, 5, 3:
auctoritatis et ponderis,
id. 9, 4, 91:
ut laboris sic utilitatis etiam longe plurimum,
id. 10, 3, 1:
virtutum,
id. 12, 1, 20 plurimum quantum favoris partibus dabat fratermtas ducum, Flor. 4, 2, 74.—
(γ).
In the gen. pretii:
plurimi: immo unice unum plurimi pendit,
values very highly, esteems very much, Plaut. Bacch. 2, 2, 29:
quem unum Alexander plurimi fecerat,
Nep. Eum. 2, 2:
ut quisque quod plurimi est possidet,
Cic. Par. 6, 2, 48.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > plurimum

120 כנס

כָּנַס(b. h.; v. כּוֹס I) 1) to collect, gather; to cover, shelter, bring home. B. Kam.VI, 1 הכּוֹנס צאן לדיר he who takes the flock into the stall; a. fr.כ׳ משקה to absorb liquids through pores, opp. to הוציא to let liquids escape through pores. Nidd.49a יביא … אם כָּנְסָהוכ׳ get a tub full of water and put the pot in, if it draws water Kel. X, 8 היו בכוֹנֵס משקח (sub. נקובין) if the vessels were so porous as to be called absorbers of liquids. Nidd. l. c. כיצד … לידע אם ניקב בכונס משקה how do we examine to find out whether a vessel is porous to the extent of absorbing liquids? (v. supra); a. fr.Esp. to take a woman home, to consummate a marriage by conducting a woman to ones house, to wed, v. אֵירוּסִין a. נִישּׂוּאִין. Keth.3b וברביעי כּוֹנְסָהּ and on the fourth day of the week he weds her. Ib. ומסכנה ואילך נהגו … לִכְנוֹסוכ׳ and from the days of persecution … the people adopted the custom to wed on the third day; … ובשני לא יִכְנוֹס but on the second day one must not marry. Y.Yeb.IV, 6b כְּנָסָהּ ולאוכ׳ he took her to his home but did not touch her ; a. fr.Part. pass. כְּנוּסָה. Y.Sot.II, 18b top שומרת יבםוכ׳ neither while waiting for the yabam nor after having been taken to his house. 2) (of a sore) ( to gather, to grow smaller, to contract, opp. פשה. Neg. IV, 7; Tosef. ib. II, 6; Sifra Thazr., Neg., Par. 2, ch. 2; a. e. 3) (archit.) to recede, to form a settle or recess in a wall. Midd. III, 1 עלה אמהוכ׳ אמה (the altar) rose one cubit and then receded one cubit; Men.97b.Y.Erub.VII, 24b bot. (of an inclined plane) עולה אמה וכוֹנֵס שלש it rises vertically one cubit, while the incline measures three cubits, v. כִּיבּוּש.Part. pass. כָּנוּס, f. כְּנוּסָה. Tosef.Erub.I, 10 כותל שצידו אחד כ׳ מחבירווכ׳ a wall which is more receding on one side than on the other, either the inner wall being even ; Erub.9b; 15a; (Y. ib. 19b top כותל הנכנס). Y.Succ.I, 52a אפי׳ כנוסה כמה even if the reduction be ever so large. Nif. נִכְנַס 1) to be brought in, to enter, opp. יצא; to assemble, meet. Erub. 65a, v. סוֹד. Ib. 15b נ׳ ויוצא is easily passed in and out. Kel. IX, 7 מלא … נ׳ when a piece of the size … can be passed, לא נ׳ when it cannot pass (exactly fitting in). Y.Erub.I, 18c bot. אין … לִיכָּנֵסוכ׳ it is not the habit of man to enter through one door and leave through another.Ḥull.3a, a. fr. יוצא ונ׳ superintending by going in and out. Sabb.137b כשםשנ׳ … יִכָּנסוכ׳ as he (the child) has been entered into the covenant, so may he be introduced to the study of the Law Snh.101a נִכְנְסוּ תלמידיווכ׳ his pupils came together to visit him. Tosef.Ber.VII (VI), 19, a. e. לא יִכָּנֵס אדם להרוכ׳ one must not enter the Temple mount Meg.I, 3 מקום שנִכְנָסִיןוכ׳ a place where the country people are in the habit of assembling on Mondays ; a. fr. 2) to form a recess or settle. Y.Erub.I, 19b top, v. supra. 3) to be married, v. supra. Y.Yeb.IV, 6b הִיכָּנְסִיוכ׳ be my wife and raise thy sisters children; Koh. R. to IX, 9; a. fr. Pi. כִּינֵּס to gather, collect. Tosef.Ber.VII (VI), 24 בשעת המְכַנְּסִין … כַּנֵּס when people collect (learning), scatter, when they scatter (are indifferent), gather in (withdraw); v. בְּדַר; Ber.63a המכניסים (read: המְכַנְּ׳, v. Rabb. D. S. a. l. note 9). Ex. R. s. 17, beg. שכִּינְּסָן מעל הארץ which (waters) he gathered from upon the land. Deut. R. s. 3 כִּינְּסָה את בניה she assembled her children; a. fr.Part. pass. מְכוּנָּס, f. מְכוּנֶּסֶת; pl. מְכוּנָּסִין, מְכוּנָּסוֹת. Erub.21a (מים) מ׳ collected water, opp. מים חיים. Midr. Till. to Ps. 70 הרי הצאן מכ׳ the flock is gathered again. Neg. IV, 3 במ׳ when the hairs on the leprous spot are close together, opp. מפוזר; a. fr. Hif. הִכְנִיס to bring in, to lay in, store up; to introduce, pass; to initiate. Lev. R. s. 9 הִכְנִיסוֹ לביתו he invited him to his house. Ex. R. s. 20 אם אני מַכְנִיסָןוכ׳ if I lead them now into the land. Ib. ה׳ יינווכ׳ he stored his wine in the cellar. Men.97a ומכניס קנהוכ׳ and passes a tube under it. Sabb.118b ה׳ ידווכ׳ put his hand under his belt. Ib. מַכְנִיסֵי שבת who usher the Sabbath in (with prayer). Ib. 137b להַכְנִיסוֹ בבריתווכ׳ to initiate him into the covenant (v. supra). Y.Yeb.I, 3a bot. הרי אתם מַכְנִיסִין ראשיוכ׳ you want me to put my head between two great mountains. Mekh. Bshall., Shir., s.6 לא מוציא ולא מַכְנִיס neither lets escape nor receives, v. נוֹד; a. fr. Hithpa. הִתְכַּנֵּס, Nithpa. נִתְכַּנֵּס 1) to assemble, meet, be reunited. Taan.27b מִתְכַּנְּסִין לבה״כ meet at the synagogue. Gen. R. s. 39, a. e. אם מתכנסין כלוכ׳ if all human beings were to join for creating ; Cant. R. to I, 3 מִתְכַּנְּשִׁין. Mekh. Bshall.s.6 אין הגליות מִתְכַּנְּסוֹתוכ׳ the diaspora will be reunited only as a reward for faith; a. fr.Gen. R. s. 12, beg. מתכנסין ויוצאין; (Koh. R. to II, 12 נכנסין) they go in and out. 2) to gather, become closer (v. supra). Neg. I, 6 נִתְכַּנְּסָה the sore gathered.

Jewish literature > כנס

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

См. также в других словарях:

Characters of From Dusk till Dawn — Main article: From Dusk till Dawn From Dusk till Dawn Character Actor Description Seth Gecko George Clooney Seth Gecko is the main protagonist and brief antagonist in the 1996 horror film, From Dusk till Dawn and it s 2001 spin off video game of… … Wikipedia

Now I Lay Me Down to Sleep — is a classic children s prayer from the 18th century. The version printed in The New England Primer goes: Now I lay me down to sleep, I pray the Lord my soul to keep, If I shall die before I wake, I pray the Lord my soul to take. The prayer… … Wikipedia

Now o now I needs must part — was written by the sixteenth seventeenth century composer John Dowland. It was first published in Dowland s book called First Booke of Songes or Ayres of foure partes with Tableture for the Lute (1597). Here are the lyrics: Now, O now, I needs… … Wikipedia

Till the World Ends — Till the World Ends … Wikipedia

Till Death Us Do Part (British TV series) — infobox television show name = Till Death Us Do Part caption = Original opening titles format = Sitcom runtime = 40 minutes (2) 30 minutes (50) 25 minutes (1) 20 minutes (1) creator = Johnny Speight starring = Warren Mitchell Dandy Nichols Una… … Wikipedia

Leibniz (from) to Kant — From Leibniz to Kant Lewis White Beck INTRODUCTION Had Kant not lived, German philosophy between the death of Leibniz in 1716 and the end of the eighteenth century would have little interest for us, and would remain largely unknown. In Germany… … History of philosophy

From Beyond the Grave — Infobox Film name = From Beyond the Grave image size = caption = German poster director = Kevin Connor producer = Max Rosenberg Milton Subotsky writer = Raymond Christodoulou Robin Clarke starring = Peter Cushing Donald Pleasence Ian Bannen Diana … Wikipedia

From G’s to Gents — Infobox Television show name = From G’s to Gents caption = From G s To Gents Logo format = Reality creator = Jamie Foxx starring = Fonzworth BentleyC. Frederick Secrease as Frederick country = United States num episodes = 11 executive producer =… … Wikipedia

Till Death Us Do Part (film) — Infobox Film name = Till Death Us Do Part image size = caption = director = Norman Cohen producer = writer = Johnny Speight narrator = starring = Warren Mitchell Dandy Nichols music = cinematography = editing = distributor = released = 1969… … Wikipedia

Wait till Your Mother Gets Home! — Infobox film name = Wait till Your Mother Gets Home! image size = caption = TV promotional poster director = Bill Persky producer = Blue André Vanessa Greene Alice Gwyn Pardo Albert J. Salzer writer = David Eyre Bill Persky narrator = starring =… … Wikipedia

Emmett Till — in a photograph taken by his mother on Christmas Day 1954, about six months before his murder. Scholars state that when the photo ran in the Jackson Daily News Emmett Till and his mother were given a profound pathos in the fl … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

from+then+till+now

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

from+then+till+now

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: